Mitsubishi Controler Model

NUMERICAL CONTROL (CNC)
NC Specification Selection Guide

E70 / M70V / M700V Series
/ /
BNP-A1225-F[ENG]
Product lines
INDEX
Soft Ware
E70/M70V/M700V Series Lineup 3
Selection procedure 5
NC Designer
NC Monitor CNC system 6
NC Explorer Control Unit 6
NC Trainer/NC Trainer plus
NC Analyzer Displays & Keyboards 7
NC Configurator2
E70 Series M70V Series GX Developer etc. I/O unit and others 8
General Connection Diagram 9
E70/M70V Series
Machine Operation Panel M700VS Series
M700VW Series
MITSUBISHI CNC Machine Operation Panel
Cables List 13
Machine
E70/M70V/M700V Series Specifications List 17
M700VS Series M700VW Series Operation Panel
Drive system 39
Drive unit outline 39
System configuration 41
Specifications 44
Drive Unit Type 46
200V Servo motor/Spindle motor 50
HF Series 50
TM-RB Series 52
LM-F Series 53
Manual pulse SJ-D/SJ-DJ/SJ-DL Series 55
generator RIO 1 RIO 2 SJ-V/SJ-VL Series 60
Built-in spindle motor 67
Tool spindle motor 75
Ultra-compact drive unit 400V Servo motor/Spindle motor 78
Multi-hybrid drive unit High-performance drive unit with built-in power supply
MDS-DM2 Series MDS-D2/DH2 Series MDS-DJ Series HF-H Series 78
Spindle Motor SJ-4-V Series 79
Drive system 81
200V MDS-D2-Vx 81
200V MDS-D2-SPx/CV 82
Servo Motor 400V MDS-DH2 Series 83
Drive unit outline dimension drawing 84
Low-inertia and high-speed 200V MDS-DM2 Series 85
High-performance spindle motor spindle motor
200V MDS-DJ Series 86
SJ-D Series / SJ-DJ Series SJ-DL Series / SJ-VL Series
/ SJ-V Series Selection 89
Dedicated Options 97
Medium-inertia motor Low-inertia motor Linear servo motor Selection of cables 115
HF Series HF-KP Series LM-F Series List of cables 125
Tool spindle motor Twin-head magnetic detector
HF-KP Series / HF-SP Series MBE Series User Support Tools/Development Tools 131
GLOBAL SALES & SERVICE NETWORK 133

* Trademarks
MELDAS, MELSEC, EZSocket, EZMotion, iQ Platform, MELSOFT, GOT, CC-Link, CC-Link/LT
Twin-head magnetic detector Direct drive servo motor Built-in spindle motor and CC-Link IE are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Mitsubishi Electric
Corporation in Japan and/or other countries.
MBA Series TM-RB Series SJ-B Series / SJ-PMB Series Ethernet is a registered trademark of Xerox Corporation in the United States and/or other
countries.
Microsoft ® and Windows ® are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft
Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.
CompactFlash and CF are either trademarks or registered trademarks of SanDisk Corporation
in the United States and/or other countries.
Other company and product names that appear in this manual are trademarks or registered
trademarks of the respective companies.
E70/M70V/M700V Series Lineup
Machining center system Lathe system


(Display/Control unit integrated type) (Display/Control unit separate type) (Display/Control unit integrated type) (Display/Control unit separate type)
E70 E70
Series M70V Series M700VS Series M700VW Series M70V Series M700VS Series M700VW Series
Model name
Series
TypeB TypeA M720VS M730VS M750VS M720VW M730VW M750VW TypeB TypeA M720VS M730VS M750VS M720VW M730VW M750VW
Max. number of axes

6 9 11 12 16 12 16 6 9 11 12 16 12 16
(NC axes + Spindles + PLC axes)
Max. number of NC axes
3 5 8 8 16 8 16 3 5 9 12 16 12 16
(in total for all the part systems)
Number of control axes
Max. number of spindles 1 2 4 4 2 3 4 4 6 4 6
Max. number of PLC axes 2 6 6 6 2 6 6 6
Max. number of PLC indexing axes 1 4 4 6 4 6 1 4 4 6 4 6
Number of simultaneous contouring

3 4 4 8 4 8 3 4 4 8 4 8
control axes
Max. number of NC axes in a part
3 5 8 6 8 6 8 3 5 8 6 8 6 8
system
Max. number of part systems 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 4 2 4
CF card in control unit – – – Available – – – Available
IC card mode
Available Available Available Available Available Available Available Available
(Front IC card mode)
Hard disk mode – – – Available – – – Available
Least command increment 0.1µm 0.1µm 0.1µm 1nm 0.1µm 1nm 0.1µm 0.1µm 0.1µm 1nm 0.1µm 1nm
Least control increment 1nm 1nm 1nm 1nm 1nm 1nm 1nm 1nm
230kB 500kB 2,000kB 230kB 500kB 2,000kB

Max. program capacity (600m) (1,280m) (5,120m) 2,000kB (5,120m) (1,000) 2,000kB (5,120m) (1,000) (600m) (1,280m) (5,120m) 2,000kB (5,120m) (1,000) 2,000kB (5,120m) (1,000)
(400) (1,000) (1,000) (400) (1,000) (1,000)
Max. PLC program capacity 8,000 steps 20,000 steps 32,000 steps 128,000 steps 128,000 steps 8,000 steps 20,000 steps 32,000 steps 128,000 steps 128,000 steps
High-speed machining mode 1 Max.

– 8.4 16.8 16.8 16.8 16.8 16.8 16.8 16.8 – – – – – – – – –
[kBPM]
High-speed machining mode 2 Max.
– – 33.7 67.5 168 168 67.5 168 168 – – – – – – – – –
[kBPM]
High-speed high-accuracy control 1 Max.
– 16.8 16.8 16.8 33.7 33.7 16.8 33.7 33.7 – – – – – – – – –
[kBPM] (1st part system only)
High-speed high-accuracy control 2 Max.
– – 33.7 67.5 168 168 67.5 168 168 – – – – – – – – –
[kBPM] (limited to 1-part system configuration)
High-accuracy control 1
– Available Available Available Available Available Available Available Available – – – – – – – – –
(1st part system only)
SSS Control (1st part system only)
– – Available Available Available Available Available Available Available – – – – – – – – –
(Super Smooth Surface)
CC-Link (Master/Slave) – Available Available Available Available Available Available Available Available – Available Available Available Available Available Available Available Available
8.4-type/10.4-type/10.4-type 8.4-type/10.4-type/10.4-type touch 10.4-type/10.4-type touch panel/ 8.4-type/10.4-type/10.4-type 8.4-type/10.4-type/10.4-type touch panel/ 10.4-type/10.4-type touch panel/
Display 8.4-type 8.4-type
touch panel (selectable) panel/15-type (selectable) 15-type/15-type touch panel (selectable) touch panel (selectable) 15-type (selectable) 15-type/15-type touch panel (selectable)
Keyboard sheet keys sheet keys/clear keys (selectable) clear keys sheet keys sheet keys/clear keys (selectable) clear keys
HMI customization function NC Designer NC Designer
Windows® XPe – Available – Available
MITSUBISHI CNC
Compatible Compatible
Machine Operation PanelHigh
Japanese/English/German/Italian/French/Spanish/Chinese (traditional)/Chinese (simplified)/ Japanese/English/German/Italian/French/Spanish/Chinese (traditional)/Chinese (simplified)/
Languages supported
Korean/Portuguese/Hungarian/Dutch/Swedish/Turkish/Polish/Russian/Czech Korean/Portuguese/Hungarian/Dutch/Swedish/Turkish/Polish/Russian/Czech
* Maximum specifications including optional specifications are listed. Refer to the Specifications List for the details of each option.
3 4
Selection procedure CNC system Control Unit
Selection procedure flow chart Control Unit
Start selecting the NC specifications! E70 Series M70V Series M700VS Series M700VW Series
STEP 1 Check the machine type and specifications

Selection procedure
· Machine type: lathe / machining center / grinding machine / special-purpose machine, etc.
· Details of control, required accuracy, with/without auxiliary axes (for workpiece feeding, turret, etc.)
CNC system Control Unit

STEP 2 Decide the NC specifications P3
Separate type
Integrated type
· Number of axes, axis configuration, number of part systems, with/without spindles, number of I/O points (Placed separately from the
(Placed on the back of display)
display unit)
· Check the position detection method and detection performance (absolute/relative position, number of pulses)
· Select the size of the display unit, keyboard
STEP 3 Decide the servo motor P50

MITSUBISHI CNC Machine Operation Panel
· Select the servo motor capacity
[mm]
· Check the outline dimensions, detector, and whether it has a scale or break Type Name Contents
260 MITSUBISHI CNC

STEP 4 Decide the spindle motor P55 Machine Operation
Key switch 55 points, LED 55 points
FCU7-KB921 Panel A
140
MITSUBISHI standard key layout
· Check the spindle's base/maximum rotation speed, output, torque, outline dimensions and whether it has a keyway (Standard
specification)
· Frame-type or built-in spindle motor
· With/without optional specifications (orientation, spindle/C-axis, synchronization, etc.) 260 MITSUBISHI CNC
· Check the C axis accuracy and the speed (when C axis is used) Machine Operation
Key switch 55 points, LED 55 points
FCU7-KB922 Panel A
140
Without key tops (purchase custom parts separately)
(Custom
STEP 5 Decide the drive unit P81 specification)
· Check the capacity and the dimensions of a drive unit 140
· Check the power regeneration/resistor regeneration MITSUBISHI CNC Rotary switches (spindle override, cutting override)
FCU7-KB926 Machine Operation Select switch (memory protection)
140
Panel B Emergency stop push-button
STEP 6 Decide the power supply unit P89
The internal components of the machine operation panel are protected against water and oil (IP65F).
· Select the power supply unit only when a power regenerative drive unit is used.
STEP 7 Decide the hardware options P7,P13,P115

Handy Terminal
· Check the options [mm]
(manual pulse generator, synchronous encoder, availability of network connection and PLC connection, etc.) Type Contents
· Check the required cables and connectors. (In some cases, customers may need to prepare cables and connectors themselves.) 133
LCD (Monochrome display with backlight)
Emergency stop button
STEP 8 Decide the software options P17 HG1T-SB12UH-MK1346-L5
Manual pulse generator
255
LED 10 points
· Check the number of programs stored (memory capacity), number of variable sets, etc. Membrane switch (key)
Enable switch
· Check the required functions
The internal components of the panels are protected against water and oil (IP65F).
STEP 9 Check the development tools P131 Possible to connect with the M700VW Series only.
· Check the screen development tool (when screen customization is required)
NC specification selection completed!
5 6
CNC system Displays & Keyboards CNC system I/O unit and others
Displays & Keyboards List of Units

[mm] Supported model
Classification Type Remarks
E70 Series E70 M70V M700VS M700VW
[Operation panel I/O unit]
Display FCU7-DU120-13
DI 24V/0V DI: 64-points 24V/0V common type DO: 48-points source type AO: 1 point MPG:2ch
Keyboard 8.4-type DO Source output FCU7-DX621  − − −
common input Occupied stations (fixed): 1, 2, 3, 7, 8 RIO3 extensible stations: 4, 5, 6
DI: 64-points 24V/0V common type DO: 64-points source type MPG:2ch
FCU7-KB024 FCU7-DX711    −
Occupied stations (fixed): 1, 2, 7, 8 RIO3 extensible stations: 3, 4, 5, 6
sheet keys 260 140
DI: 96-points 24V/0V common type DO: 80-points source type AO: 1 point MPG:2ch
FCU7-KB025 FCU7-DX721    −
Occupied stations (fixed): 1, 2, 3, 7, 8 RIO3 extensible stations: 4, 5, 6
200
sheet keys for lathe 8.4-type
DI: 96-points 24V/0V common type DO: 96-points source type MPG:2ch
system FCU7-DX731    −
<ONG layout>
DI: 64-points 24V/0V common type DO: 64-points sink type MPG:2ch
DO Sink output FCU7-DX710 −   −
Occupied stations (fixed): 1, 2, 7, 8 RIO3 extensible stations: 3, 4, 5, 6
CNC system Displays & Keyboards
M70V/M700VS Series FCU7-DX720

DI: 96-points 24V/0V common type DO: 80-points sink type AO: 1 point MPG:2ch
−   −
Display FCU7-DU120-12 (M70V) Display FCU7-DU140-12 (M70V) FCU7-DU140-32 (M70V) FCU7-DU180-11 (M700VS)
CNC system I/O unit and others

FCU7-DU120-11 (M700VS) FCU7-DU140-11 (M700VS) FCU7-DU140-31 (M700VS) DI: 96-points 24V/0V common type DO: 96-points sink type MPG: 2ch
Keyboard Keyboard 15-type FCU7-DX730 −   −
8.4-type 10.4-type 10.4-type touch panel Occupied stations (fixed): 1, 2, 3, 7, 8 RIO3 extensible stations: 4, 5, 6
FCU7-KB024 [Operation panel I/O unit]
sheet keys 260 140 290 140 290 140 DI: 32-points 24V/0V common type DO: 32-points source type MPG:3ch
FCU7-KB044 DI 24V/0V DO Source output FCU7-DX671 Occupied stations DI/DO: Select 1 station from between 1 and 6 MPG: 7, 8 (fixed) − − − 
FCU7-KB025 10.4-type common input
sheet keys – RIO3 extensible stations: Unselected stations between 1 and 6
200
220
220
sheet keys for lathe 8.4-type 10.4-type touch panel
<ONG layout> DI: 64-points 24V/0V common type DO: 64-points source type MPG:3ch
system
FCU7-DX771 Occupied stations DI/DO: Select 2 stations from between 1 and 6 MPG: 7, 8 (fixed) − − − 
<ONG layout> RIO3 extensible stations: Unselected stations between 1 and 6
FCU7-KB026 DI: 32-points 24V/0V common type DO: 32-points sink type MPG:3ch
clear keys 260 140 290 140 290 140 DO Sink output FCU7-DX670 Occupied stations DI/DO: Select 1 station from between 1 and 6 MPG: 7, 8 (fixed) − − − 
FCU7-KB046 RIO3 extensible stations: Unselected stations between 1 and 6
FCU7-KB028 clear keys 10.4-type –
200
220
220
clear keys for lathe 8.4-type 10.4-type touch panel DI: 64-points 24V/0V common type DO: 64-points sink type MPG:3ch
<ONG layout>
system FCU7-DX770 Occupied stations DI/DO: Select 2 stations from between 1 and 6 MPG: 7, 8 (fixed) − − − 
<ONG layout> RIO3 extensible stations: Unselected stations between 1 and 6
[Remote I/O unit]
400 230 DI 24V/0V DI: 32-points 24V/0V common type (photo coupler insulation)
290 230 290 230 DO Source output FCUA-DX101    
common input DO: 32-points source type (non-insulation) Number of occupied stations: 1
FCU7-KB048
DI: 64-points 24V/0V common type (photo coupler insulation)
220
– – clear keys 10.4-type FCUA-DX111    
220
220
320
10.4-type 15-type DO: 48-points source type (non-insulation) Number of occupied stations: 2
<ABC layout> touch panel
Analog output FCUA-DX121    
DO: 48-points source type (non-insulation) AO: 1 point Number of occupied stations: 2
Analog DI: 32-points 24V/0V common type (photo coupler insulation)
FCUA-DX141    
input/output DO: 32-points source type (non-insulation) AI: 4 points AO: 1 point Number of occupied stations: 2
400
260 290 290 DO Sink output FCUA-DX100 −   
DO: 32-points sink type (non-insulation) Number of occupied stations: 1
10.4-type DI: 64-points 24V/0V common type (photo coupler insulation)
FCUA-DX110 −   
320
220
220
10.4-type 15-type
200
FCU7-KB029 8.4-type FCU7-KB047 touch panel DO: 48-points sink type (non-insulation) Number of occupied stations: 2
sheet keys clear keys DI: 64-points 24V/0V common type (photo coupler insulation)
Analog output FCUA-DX120 −   
DO: 48-points sink type (non-insulation) AO: 1 point Number of occupied stations: 2
<ONG layout> <Full keyboard>
Analog DI: 32-points 24V/0V common type (photo coupler insulation)
FCUA-DX140 −   
input/output
140
DO: 32-points sink type (non-insulation) AI: 4 points AO: 1 point Number of occupied stations: 2
160
160
160
[Scan I/O card]

290 Source type HR357 Scan DI/DO = 64 points/64 points DI/DO = 32 points/32 points −   
Sink type HR347 Scan DI/DO = 64 points/64 points DI/DO = 32 points/32 points −   
(Note) 15-type display is available with M700VS only. There are restrictions on the keyboard location imposed due to the maximum length of the G011/G012 cable.
[External power supply unit]
External power supply with power supply PD25 Input 200VAC Output 24VDC (3A)    
M700VW Series ON/OFF function
External power supply with power supply
Display FCU7-DA646-11 FCU7-DA646-33 FCU7-DA636-11 FCU7-DA636-33 PD27 Input 200 to 400VAC Output 24VDC (8A) − − − 
ON/OFF function
Keyboard 10.4-type 10.4-type touch panel 15-type 15-type touch panel
[Manual pulse generator]
5V Manual pulse generator UFO-01-2Z9 Input 5VDC 100pulse/rev    
12V Manual pulse generator HD60C Input 12VDC 25pulse/rev    
400 230 400 230
[Encoder]
290 230 290 230 Synchronous feed encoder OSE1024-3-15-68 Input 5VDC 1024pulse/rev    
FCU7-KB041 [Expansion Unit]
220
220
clear keys 10.4-type 15-type

220
220
320
320
10.4-type touch panel 15-type Expansion unit × 1slot FCU7-EX891 One expansion card HN5xx can be mounted additionally. − − − 
<ABC layout> touch panel
[Expansion Card]
PROFIBUS-DP FCU7-HN571 PROFIBUS-DP × 1ch − − − 
CC-Link FCU7-HN576 CC-Link × 1ch − − − 
CC-Link FCU7-HN577 CC-Link × 2ch − − − 
[CC-Link unit]
400 400
CC-Link FCU7-HN746 CC-Link × 1ch −   −
290 290
[External PLC Link]
10.4-type 15-type DeviceNet/FL-net FCU7-HN747 DeviceNet/FL-net − −  −
320
320
220
220
10.4-type 15-type
FCU7-KB045 touch panel touch panel [Memory expansion unit]
clear keys
Memory expansion FCU7-HN754 Memory expansion −  − −
<Full keyboard>
[Optical communication repeater unit]
160
160
160
160
Optical communication repeater unit FCU7-EX022 Using up to two units, relay of the total length of up to 90m can be performed. −   
[MITSUBISHI CNC machine operation panel]
290 290
FCU7-KB921 Mitsubishi standard 55 key Key switch 55 points, LED 55 points    
MITSUBISHI CNC machine operation panel A
The internal components of the keyboard are protected against water and oil (IP65F). The interface for USB memory and CF card are mounted on the front panel of the display for E70/ FCU7-KB922 Customized 55 key Key switch 55 points, LED 55 point (a key top set is separately required)    
M70V/M700VS Series. The interface for USB memory and PCMCIA 2 are mounted on the front panel of the display for M700VW Series. MITSUBISHI CNC machine operation panel B FCU7-KB926 Rotary switches (spindle override, cutting override), Select switch (memory protection), Emergency stop push-button    
Clear key top set N030C975G51 A set of transparent key tops (20 pieces)    
Optional key top set A N030C975G52 A set of key tops marked with 20 identifiable characters such as axis name and part system numbers for additional functions    
[Function expansion unit]
Function expansion FCU7-HN721 Normal option (Graphic check/trace rotary axis drawing) − *1 − −
Function expansion FCU7-HN722 Full option (Graphic check/trace rotary axis drawing, SSS control) − *1 − −
DI: Digital input signals, DO: Digital output signals, AI: Analog input signals, AO: Analog output signals
*1 M70V TypeA only. To use a function expansion unit, only one of the two can be selected: FCU7-HN746 or FCU7-HN754. (Up to 2 units including an expansion unit)
7 8
CNC system General Connection Diagram
E70/M70V Series M700VS Series
Dotted lines indicate the sections prepared 15-type Display unit

Dotted lines indicate the sections prepared by the machine tool builder. by the machine tool builder.
HN278
The name with brackets < > indicates the
The name with brackets < > indicates the cable for the unit. cable for the unit. EMG CNC control unit LCD
<G498>
LCD DSPLV
<G092>
L1 L2 L3
INV PWR BL
<G488>
CNC control unit LAN FCU7-MU531/541 TP 3.3VIN
<G489>
No-fuse breaker (NFB) FCU7-MU55x
FCU7-MA541 MENUKEY
<G423>
MENUKEY
<8.4-type:G097/G497>
EMG DCIN <G450> MENUKEY700
<10.4-type:G098/G492> (Note1) Display unit
F120 LCD Expansion unit
EMG <8.4-type:F480/G488>
Main card HN76x SIO2 (option) USB memory FCU7-DU180-11
<F480/G488> <10.4-type:G482/G484> (Note1)
INV Front I/F (XGA:1024 x 768)
ON OFF SIO1 FCU7-HN7xx FRONT memory
G300/G301 Memory card Backlight I/F card CF card I/F
Ethernet device LAN inverter
MC HN4xx USB OPT1 OPT2 SKIP ENC CG72 RIO1 CG71
Front memory HN244
FRONT I/F Display unit Menu keys
memory L1 L2 L3

MC (Note1)
Expansion card I/F card CF card
F070 FCU7-DU1xx-xx
DCIN (Option) I/F TPIN No-fuse breaker (NFB)
MC
HN7xx
TEST TESTIN 8.4-type, 10.4-type Display unit
(Note2) <8.4-type:G097/G497>
24VDC stabilized SIO EMG <10.4-type:G098/G492>
power supply MENU F120 LCD
SKIP OPT ENC CG71 RIO1 Menu keys
EMG CNC control unit <F480/G488> <8.4-type:G487>
DCOUT 24VDC INV <10.4-type:G482/G484>
ON OFF
Ethernet device G300/G301
FCU7-MU531/541 Backlight
ACIN LAN
FG MC
FCU7-MA541 inverter
USB
CP/NFB Remote I/O unit Remote I/O unit
Front memory I/F HN244
F070 FRONT memory Display unit
FG MC
DCIN Expansion unit
24VDC 24VDC I/F card CF card FCU7-DU1xx-xx
(option)
USER 2ch DCIN DCIN I/F TPIN
Circuit protector (CP) 1ch: F034 F070 F070 MC
SIO2 FCU7-HN7xx <G422>
FCUA-DX1xx FCUA-DX1xx TESTIN
2ch: F035 Machine TP
control relay/ SIO1 (Note1)
DI-L/R 24VDC stabilized MENU
RS232C device contact power supply
FCUA- OPT1 OPT2 SKIP ENC CG72 RIO1 CG71 Menu keys
RIO1 RIO2 RIO1 RIO2 R300 DCOUT 24VDC
CP/NFB
/R301 ACIN
FG 1ch: F034
FCUA-R211 FCUA-R211 To the next remote I/O CP/NFB 2ch: F035
/SH41 or terminator Keyboard Unit
AC reactor /SH41 FG FCU7-KB0xx
D-AL RS232C device
Keyboard unit Circuit protector (CP) Operation panel Machine operation panel
I/O unit made by the machine tool builder
Skip signal input FCU7-KB0xx
FCU7-DX7xx
FCUA-R030
Max. 8 points Operation panel I/O unit
FCU7-DXxxx Machine operation panel CP/NFB CG3x
Contactor G011 made by the machine tool builder F351
CG71
CG71 G011/G012 NCKB <G402>
max.0.5m
MC RIO3 MPG
1ch CG3x AC reactor Manual pulse
G395/G396/G380 F221 F351 D-AL generator
max.30m 2ch
AO
NCKB <G402> 12V: F320/F321
ENC RIO3 MPG Drive units 5V: F023/F024
G395/G396/G380
Drive units Select Contactor Remote I/O unit
Manual pulse generator
(Note3) 24VDC
2ch
Manual pulse
General-purpose 12V:F320/F321 MC
DCIN
inverter 5V:F023/F024 F070 Machine
generator G395/G396/G380 FCUA-DX1xx
2ch control relay/
DI-L/R contact
Remote I/O unit
5V:G023/G024 FCUA-
24VDC RIO1 RIO2 R300
DCIN /R301
F070 FCUA-R211
FCUA-DX1xx /SH41 To the next remote I/O
Machine Skip signal input or terminator
DI-L/R control relay/ Max. 8 points FCUA-R030
FCUA-R050/054 FCUA- contact Remote I/O unit Remote I/O unit
ENC 24VDC 24VDC
RIO1 RIO2 R300
/R301 DCIN DCIN
Synchronous feed Select F070
encoder F070 FCUA-DX1xx Machine
FCUA-DX1xx
FCUA-R211 Manual pulse generator control relay/
/SH41 To the next remote I/O DI-L/R DI-L/R contact
1ch or terminator 2ch FCUA-
Spindle motor RIO1 RIO2 RIO1 RIO2 R300
5V: G023/G024 /R301
Synchronous feed FCUA-R211 FCUA-R211 To the next remote I/O

encoder /SH41 /SH41 or terminator
FCUA-R050/054
Remote I/O unit Remote I/O unit
24VDC 24VDC
(Note 1) M70V Series only DCIN DCIN
(Note 2) Touch panels only F070
F070 FCUA-DX1xx Machine
(Note 3) With analog spindle configuration FCUA-DX1xx
control relay/
(Note 4) For a connection of the MITSUBISHI CNC Machine Operation Panel, refer to “Connection of MITSUBISHI CNC Machine Operation Panel” to be described. DI-L/R DI-L/R contact
(Note 5) For connections of the drive units, refer to “Drive system System configuration drawing” to be described. FCUA-
RIO1 RIO2 RIO1 RIO2 R300
/R301
FCUA-R211 To the next remote I/O
G214 /SH41 or terminator
(*RIO2)
(Note 1) Touch panels only

(Note 2) For a connection of the MITSUBISHI CNC Machine Operation Panel, refer to “Connection of MITSUBISHI CNC Machine Operation Panel” to be described.
(Note 3) For connections of the drive units, refer to “Drive system System configuration drawing” to be described.
9 10
M700VW Series Connection of MITSUBISHI CNC Machine Operation Panel

Machine operation panel Cable Connection destination E70/M70V M700VS M700VW
15-type Display unit FCU7-DA636-11/33
Backlight inverter PCMCIA slot Machine operation panel A (RIOIN) FCUA-R211 or SH41 Control unit (RIO1)   
R S T
Dotted lines indicate the sections CF01 INV
<G483>
USB Machine operation panel A (RIOIN) FCUA-R211 or SH41 Control unit (RIO2) − − 
15-type LCD
prepared by the machine tool builder. DCIN
CF
LVDS
PC Board LVDS I/F
SET <G092> Machine operation panel A (RIOIN) G214 Control unit (CG72) −  −
No-fuse breaker
（NFB）
CF24 MI-CM15-M5x(*1) Menu key
The name with brackets <> ON/OFF HN245：with touch panel function
Machine operation panel A (RIOIN) FCUA-R211 or SH41 Operation panel I/O unit (RIO3)   
indicates the cable for the unit. HN012 <G420>
ON OFF HDD TPOUT HN245 Machine operation panel B G460 Machine operation panel A (SUBP)   
SIO
MENUKEY
MC CF25 <G294>
LAN USB2 USB1 FRONT_OUT Machine operation panel B F120 Control unit (EMG)   −
MC
MC
10.4-type Display unit FCU7-DA646-11/33 Backlight inverter PCMCIA slot [Example] When connecting to the operation panel I/O unit (RIO3)
PD27
(With E70/M70V/M700VS)

CF01 <G485>
CF INV USB
DCOUT F110 10.4-type LCD
DCIN
ACIN
ON/OFF PC Board LVDS <G990>
G171
CF24 MI-CM15-M5x(*1)
HN27x HN232 Card
CP ON
G170 (Placed on the back of the panel A)
ON/OFF Menu key
OFF Only when relaying the power G071
24VDC stabilized ＜F142＞ HN012 HN275 : with touch panel function DCOUT
power supply HDD TPOUT F070
HDD Can be added onto SIO HN274 : without touch panel function
MENUKEY 24VDC DCIN RIOIN 24VDC
DCOUT 24VDC back of keyboard
CF25 <G294> FCUA-R211/SH41
LAN USB2 USB1 FRONT_OUT
ACIN
Hard disk unit When directly supplying the power
FG
FCU7-HD002-001 FG SUBP
DCIN F070
CP
Keyboard unit FCU7-KB0xx KEYSW EXT
FG <G301> <G290>
G054 G460
Can be added onto PC Keyboard
G031/G032 back of keyboard
RS232C
device Mouse
PCLAN <G310>
NCRST
F020/F021/F022
F070
MPG
G020/G021/G022 RIO3
24VDC DCIN
OT release SW Manual pulse CG71
EMG F120 Operation panel generator CG71
EMG I/O unit （5V/12V）
FCU7- G011 Control Unit
RA
FG DX670/671/770/771
Remote I/O unit Machine operation panel A Operation panel
EMG
CG3x RIO3
FCUA-R211/SH41
RIO1 RIO2 To the next remote I/O (FCU7-KB921) I/O Unit
（user）
LAN DX101 or terminator
OPI F070
DCIN
Machine operation panel 24VDC
made by the machine tool builder
Machine I/O
F120
G018
Machine operation panel B

Expansion Unit (FCU7-KB926)
LAN1 OPI (*1)
FCU7-EX891 MI-CM15-M5A/B : with LVDS I/F SET
CF
OT release SW MI-CM15-M5C : without LVDS I/F SET
EMG F120
CNC control unit

Slot1 (With M700VW)
RA EMG
FG
24VDC
F070 FCU7-MU031/041 HN232 Card
RS232C DCIN
device
FCU7-MA041 (Placed on the back of the panel A) Only when relaying When directly supplying the power
SIO×2 F034/F035
SIO the power G071 24VDC
EXT-CON
DCOUT
G430
SKIP F070 RIOIN
Handy terminal MPG/ 24VDC DCIN F070 Operation panel I/O unit
FCUA-R030 ENC SV1 SV2 RIO1 RIO2 OPT1 OPT 2 SDIO
SUBP
Skip signal input FG DCIN
KEYSW EXT
FG
G054
Synchronous feed encoder G395/G396/G380 RIO3 OPI
Drive units
FCUA-R050/R054
FCUA-R211/SH41 Control unit
G395/G396/G380
G018
Manual pulse
G023/G024
generator
（5V） Drive units
（Max:20m）
G460
Remote I/O unit FCUA-R211 Remote I/O unit
FCUA-R211/SH41 / SH41
OPI
SH21 To the next remote I/O
RIO1 RIO2 RIO1 RIO2
or terminator Machine operation panel A
FCUA-DX1xx FCUA-DX1xx
DCIN DCIN (FCU7-KB921)
MR-J2-CT 24VDC 24VDC
Auxiliary axis/Servo drive units
Machine I/O Machine I/O
SH21
Remote I/O unit FCUA-R211 Remote I/O unit
EMG signal transfer, etc. DCIN
FCUA-R211/SH41 / SH41
RIO1 RIO2 RIO1 RIO2 To the next remote I/O
FCUA-DX1xx FCUA-DX1xx or terminator
MR-J2-CT DCIN DCIN F070

24VDC 24VDC
Auxiliary axis/Servo drive units
Machine I/O Machine I/O
Machine operation panel B
(FCU7-KB926)
24VDC
(Note 1) For a connection of the MITSUBISHI CNC Machine Operation Panel, refer to “Connection of MITSUBISHI CNC Machine Operation Panel” to be described.
(Note 2) For connections of the drive units, refer to “Drive system System configuration drawing” to be described.
11 12
CNC system Cables List
Cables for CNC Application Type

Length
(m)
Contents
Supported model
E70/M70V M700VS M700VW
F024 L1M 1
Length Supported model
Application Type Contents F024 L2M 2
(m) E70/M70V M700VS M700VW
F024 L3M 3 HANDLE
F110 L0.5M 0.5 Manual pulse generator cable (5V) : 2ch F024 L5M 5
F110 L1.5M 1.5 DCIN (13)   –
(for connection to operation panel I/O unit) F024 L8M 8
F110 L3M 3 DCOUT
F024 L10M 10
(1) 24VDC power cable for PD25/PD27 F110 L5M 5    F024 L15M 15
Y
F110 L8M 8 CF01 F024 L20M 20
F110 L10M 10
F110 L15M 15
F170 L0.5M 0.5 Manual pulse generator cable (5V) : 1ch
(14) G020 L2M 2 – – 
F170 L1.5M 1.5 (for connection to operation panel I/O unit)
ON/OFF MPG
F170 L3M 3
(2) ON/OFF switch cable for PD25/PD27 F170 L5M 5   
F170 L8M 8
X
F170 L10M 10
F170 L15M 15 Manual pulse generator cable (5V) : 2ch
(15) G021 L2M 2 – – 
G171 L0.5M 0.5 (for connection to operation panel I/O unit)
G171 L1M 1 MPG
CF24 ON/OFF
G171 L3M 3
Power ON/OFF cable
X
1
(3) G171 L5M 5 – – 
2
Display unit - PD25/PD27 power unit
3
G171 L7M 7
4
5
G171 L10M 10 Manual pulse generator cable (5V) : 3ch
(16) G022 L2M 2 – – 
G171 L15M 15 (for connection to operation panel I/O unit) MPG
G170 L0.35M 0.35
G170 L0.5M 0.5
G170 L1M 1 G023 L1M 1
ON/OFF G023 L2M 2
G170 L1.5M 1.5

LGON
ON/OFF switch cable ON

G023 L3M 3 ENC
(4) G170 L2M 2 – – 
ON/OFF switch - display unit OFF
Manual pulse generator cable (5V) : 1ch G023 L5M 5
G170 L3M 3 LGOFF
(17)   
G170 L5M 5 (for connection to control unit) G023 L8M 8
G170 L10M 10 G023 L10M 10
G170 L15M 15 G023 L15M 15
G023 L20M 20
F070 L0.5M 0.5
G024 L1M 1
F070 L1.5M 1.5
DCIN
G024 L2M 2
F070 L3M 3
G024 L3M 3 ENC
F070 L5M 5
(5) 24VDC power cable    Manual pulse generator cable (5V) : 2ch G024 L5M 5
F070 L8M 8 (18)   
(for connection to control unit) G024 L8M 8
Y
F070 L10M 10
G024 L10M 10
F070 L15M 15 G024 L15M 15
F070 L20M 20 G024 L20M 20
F120 L0.5M 0.5 F034 L0.5M 0.5
F120 L1.5M 1.5 F034 L1M 1
SIO
F120 L3M 3 F034 L2M 2
EMG RS232C I/F cable : 1ch
F120 L5M 5 (19) F034 L3M 3   
(6) Emergency stop cable    (for control unit) 1ch
F120 L8M 8 F034 L5M 5
F120 L10M 10 F034 L8M 8
F120 L15M 15 F034 L10M 10
F120 L20M 20 F035 L0.5M 0.5
F320 L1M 1 F035 L1M 1 SIO 1ch
F320 L2M 2 F035 L2M 2
RS232C I/F cable : 2ch
F320 L3M 3 HANDLE (20) F035 L3M 3   
(for control unit)
Manual pulse generator cable (12V) : 1ch F320 L5M 5 F035 L5M 5
(7)   – F035 L8M 8 2ch
F320 L10M 10 F035 L10M 10
F320 L15M 15 G031 L0.5M 0.5
F320 L20M 20 G031 L1M 1
F321 L1M 1 G031 L2M 2 SIOPC
F321 L2M 2 RS232C I/F cable : 1ch G031 L3M 3

(21) – – 
(for display unit) G031 L5M 5 : 1ch
F321 L3M 3 HANDLE
G031 L7M 7
Manual pulse generator cable(12V) : 2ch F321 L5M 5
(8)   – G031 L10M 10
G031 L15M 15
F321 L10M 10
G032 L0.5M 0.5
F321 L15M 15
G032 L1M 1
F321 L20M 20 SIOPC
G032 L2M 2 : 1ch
F020 L0.5M 0.5 G032 L3M 3
RS232C I/F cable : 2ch
F020 L1M 1 (22) – – 
(for display unit) G032 L5M 5
F020 L2M 2 G032 L7M 7
: 2ch
Manual pulse generator cable (12V) : 1ch F020 L3M 3 G032 L10M 10
(9) – – 
(for connection to operation panel I/O unit) F020 L5M 5 G032 L15M 15
F020 L7M 7 MPG
F221 L1M 1
F020 L10M 10 F221 L2M 2
F020 L20M 20 F221 L3M 3 AO
F221 L5M 5
(23) Analog output cable   –
F021 L1M 1 F221 L8M 8
Manual pulse generator cable (12V) : 2ch F221 L10M 10
(10) – – 
MPG
F021 L2M 2 F221 L20M 20
FCUA-R211-0.3M 0.3
FCUA-R211-1M 1
F022 L1M 1 Remote I/O (with terminal block) FCUA-R211-2M 2
RIO1, RIO2, RIO3(FCUA-R211) (FCUA-R211)
Manual pulse generator cable (12V) : 3ch between remote I/O, FCUA-R211-3M 3
(11) – – 
X
(for connection to operation panel I/O unit) MPG (24) remote I/O-CNC control unit, FCUA-R211-5M 5   
1
2
3
F022 L2M 2 remote I/O-Operation panel I/O unit, FCUA-R211-8M 8
remote I/O-MITSUBISHI CNC machine operation panel A FCUA-R211-10M 10
F023 L1M 1 FCUA-R211-15M 15
F023 L2M 2 FCUA-R211-20M 20
F023 L3M 3 Remote I/O cable
HANDLE SH41 0.3M 0.3
between remote I/O, RIO1, RIO3(CSH41) (CSH41)
Manual pulse generator cable (5V) : 1ch F023 L5M 5
(12)   – remote I/O-CNC control unit,
(for connection to operation panel I/O unit) F023 L8M 8 (25) SH41 0.5M 0.5   
X
remote I/O-Operation panel I/O unit,
1
2
F023 L10M 10
3
remote I/O-MITSUBISHI CNC machine operation panel A
F023 L15M 15 SH41 0.7M 0.7
(between remote I/O units in a panel)
F023 L20M 20
13 14
Application Type
Length
(m)
Contents
Supported model
E70/M70V M700VS M700VW
Cable connector sets for CNC
DI-L/DO-L, DI-R/DO-R
Supported model
Application Type Contents
DI/DO cable (one side connector) E70/M70V M700VS M700VW
(26) FCUA-R300 3   
(for remote I/O unit) Connector (3M) Connector case (3M)
10120-3000VE × 2pcs. 10320-52F0-008 × 2pcs.
(1) Control unit - General I/O units FCUA-CS000   
FCUA-R301-1M 1 DI-L/DO-L, DI-R/DO-R
DI/DO cable (both side connectors) FCUA-R301-2M 2

(27)    Connector (3M) Strain relief (3M)
(for remote I/O unit) FCUA-R301-3M 3 7940-6500SC x 4pcs. 3448-7940 x 2pcs.
FCUA-R301-5M 5 (2) Remote I/O unit - terminal block FCUA-CS301   
CG31, CG32, CG33, CG34, CG35, CG36

DI/DO cable (one side connector) Connector Tin contact
(28) F351 3   –
(for operation panel I/O unit) (Tyco Electronics) (Tyco Electronics)
2-178288-3 × 1pc. 1-175218-5 × 3pcs.
200VAC power supply connector (for power supply unit PD25)
G018 L1M 1 (3) FCUA-CN200   
200V/400VAC power supply connector (for power supply unit PD27)
G018 L2M 2
G018 L3M 3
G018 L5M 5
(29) Cable between control unit - operation panel I/O unit – –  Connector Tin contact
G018 L7M 7 (Tyco Electronics) (Tyco Electronics)
G018 L10M 10 3-178127-6 × 1pc. 1-175218-5 × 6pcs.
24VDC power supply connector
3-178127-6
G018 L15M 15 (4) for power supply unit (PD25/PD27)   
1-175218-5* × 6pcs.
G018 L20M 20 (with power OFF detection)

(30) Operation panel I/O interface cable G011 L0.5M 0.5 G011
  –
Connector Tin contact
(Tyco Electronics) (Tyco Electronics)
Operation panel I/O interface cable 1-178288-5 × 1pc. 1-175218-5 × 6pcs.
(31) G012 L1M 1 G012
–  –
(Only for M700VS Series 15-type Display unit) 1-178288-5
(5) ON/OFF connector for power supply unit (PD25/PD27)   
1-175218-5* × 6pcs.
G300 L1M 1
LAN cross cable LAN LAN
G300 L3M 3
(32) (Shielded cable is recommended when the length will be G300
8   
G300 L5M 5 1
1m or more)
G300 L10M 10 Connector Gold contact
(MOLEX) (MOLEX)
LAN straight cable LAN LAN 005057-9403 × 1pc. 0016020103 × 3pcs.
(33) (Shielded cable is recommended when the length will be G301 L1M 1 8    005057-9403
G301 (6) Emergency stop connector   
1m or more) 1 0016020103* × 3pcs.
SKIP
FCUA-R030-3M 3
(34) SKIP input cable    Connector Gold contact
FCUA-R030-7M 7 (Tyco Electronics) (Tyco Electronics)
1-178288-3 × 1pc. 1-175218-2 × 3pcs.
FCUA-R031-2M 2 AIO
(7) Remote I/O communication connector FCUA-CN211   
Analog input/output cable
(35) FCUA-R031-3M 3   
(for remote I/O unit)
FCUA-R031-7M 7
ENC
Synchronous encoder - control unit Connector Tin contact
(36) FCUA-R050-5M 5    (Tyco Electronics) (Tyco Electronics)
(straight, with connector)
2-178288-3 × 1pc. 1-175218-5 × 3pcs.
FCUA-R054-3M 3 (8) 24VDC power supply connector FCUA-CN220   
ENC
FCUA-R054-5M 5
Synchronous encoder - control unit
(37) FCUA-R054-10M 10   
(right angle, with connector)
FCUA-R054-15M 15
FCUA-R054-20M 20
Connector (3M)
7940-6500SC x 2pcs.
G214 L1M 1 CG72
(9) DIO connector FCUA-CN300 −   
Remote I/O cable G214 L5M 5
１
D -３
CG72
(38)
G214　**.*M
G214　**.*M
–  –
２
ANP
NC for RIO2 - remote I/O unit

３
G214 L10M 10 FG
G214 L20M 20 I/O address: X100 to, Y100 to

Connector Gold contact
ENC (Hirose Electric) (Hirose Electric)
G430-L3M 3 HOST
CDA-15P × 1pc. CD-PC-111 × 14pc.
(39) Cable for connection to handy terminal G430-L5M 5 – – 

SIO
Control panel
G430-L10M 10 terminal block
EMG
CDA-15P
(40) Terminator for emergency stop interface G123 – G123
– –  (10) Manual pulse generator input connector HDA-CTH – – 
CD-PC-111* × 14pcs.
One terminator is required to be installed at

(41) Terminator for remote I/O interface R-TM –   
the final end of remote IO unit.
Housing
(Hirose Electric)
If no operation panel I/O unit is provided, HDA-CTH × 1pc.
(42) Terminator for OPI interface E-TM – terminator for OPI interface is required to be – –  −
installed in the CNC unit.
Cable for hard disk

(43) F142 0.5 – – 
(comes with the hard disk)
USB USB1
USB cable for keyboard
(44) G290 0.7 – – 
(comes with the keyboard unit)
NCRST NCRST
Cable for NC reset
(45) G310 0.1 – – 
(comes with the operation I/O unit) G310
15 16
CNC system E70/M70V/M700V Series Specifications List
: Standard : Option : Selection S/W ver.K1

Machining center system Lathe system Lathe system
Class E70 M70V Series M700VS Series M700VW Series E70 M70V Series M700VS Series M700VW Series General explanation
Series TypeB TypeA M720VS M730VS M750VS M720VW M730VW M750VW Series TypeB TypeA M720VS M730VS M750VS M720VW M730VW M750VW
1 Control axes
1 Control axes
1 Number of basic control axes (NC axes) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
The NC axis, spindle, and PLC axis are generically called the control axis.
2 Max. number of axes (NC axes + Spindles + PLC axes) 6 9 11 12 16 16 12 16 16 6 9 11 12 16 16 12 16 16 The NC axis can be manually or automatically operated using a machining program.
1 Max. number of NC axes (in total for all the part systems) 3 5 8 8 16 16 8 16 16 3 5 9 12 16 16 12 16 16 The PLC axis can be controlled using a sequence program.
2 Max. number of spindles 1 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 3 4 4 6 6 4 6 6 The number of axes that is within the max. number of control axes, and that does not exceed the max. number given for the
NC axis, spindle and PLC axis, can be used.
3 Max. number of PLC axes 2 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 2 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
3 Max. number of auxiliary axes – – – – – – 4 6 6 – – – – – – 4 6 6 Auxiliary axis: This can be connected to the channel (SV2) for J2-CT.
4 Max. number of PLC indexing axes 1 4 4 4 6 6 4 6 6 1 4 4 4 6 6 4 6 6 The number of PLC axes available to be used as indexing axis.
5 Number of simultaneous contouring control axes 3 4 4 4 4 8 4 4 8 3 4 4 4 4 8 4 4 8 Number of axes with which simultaneous interpolation control is possible.
6 Max. number of NC axes in a part system 3 5 8 6 8 8 6 8 8 3 5 8 6 8 8 6 8 8 Max. number of NC axes possible to control in the same part system.
2 Control part system
1 Standard number of part systems 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 One part system is the standard.
2 Max. number of part systems 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 4 4 2 4 4 Up to four part systems for a lathe system, and up to two part systems for a machining center system.
3 Control axes and operation modes
1 Tape (RS-232C input) mode                   In this mode, operation is performed using the machining program data from the RS-232C interface built in the CNC unit.
2 Memory mode                   Machining programs stored in the memory of the CNC module are run.
3 MDI mode                   MDI data stored in the memory of the CNC unit are executed.
4 High-speed program server mode
1 CF card in control unit – – – – – –    – – – – – –    Machining programs stored in a compact flash (CF) card can be operated by installing the CF card in the control unit.
Machining programs stored in a PCMCIA/CF card can be operated by installing the PCMCIA/CF card on the front of the
5 IC card mode (Front IC card mode)                  
control unit.
6 Hard disk mode – – – – – –    – – – – – –    Machining programs stored in the hard disk can be operated.
2 Input command

1 Data increment
The data increment handled in the controller includes the input setting increment and command increment. Each type is set
1 Least command increment
with parameters.
1 Least command increment 1µm                   Possible to command in increments of 0.001mm (linear axis) and 0.001° (rotary axis).
2 Least command increment 0.1µm                   Possible to command in increments of 0.0001mm (linear axis) and 0.0001° (rotary axis).
3 Least command increment 0.01µm (10nm) – – – –   –   – – – –   –   Possible to command in increments of 0.00001mm (linear axis) and 0.00001° (rotary axis).
4 Least command increment 0.001µm (1nm) – – – –   –   – – – –   –   Possible to command in increments of 0.000001mm (linear axis) and 0.000001° (rotary axis).
2 Least control increment The least control increment determines the CNC's internal operation accuracy.
1 Least control increment 0.01μm (10nm)                   Possible to control in increments of 0.00001mm (linear axis) and 0.00001° (rotary axis).
2 Least control increment 0.001μm (1nm)                   Possible to control in increments of 0.000001mm (linear axis) and 0.000001° (rotary axis).
3 Indexing increment – – –       – – –       This function limits the command value for the rotary axis.
2 Unit system
The unit systems of the data handled in the controller include the metric system and inch system. The type can be designated
1 Inch/Metric changeover                  
with a parameter and a machining program.
The program's command increment can be multiplied by an arbitrary scale with the parameter designation. This function is
2 Input command increment tenfold          – – – – – – – – –
valid when a decimal point is not used for the command increment.
3 Program format
1 Program format G code (program) format
1 Format 1 for Lathe – – – – – – – – –          G code list for the lathe system
2 Format 2 for Lathe – – – – – – – – – –         The G-code list is selected by parameter.
3 Special format for lathe – – – – – – – – –          (Prepared for a specific machine tool builder)
4 Format 1 for Machining center          – – – – – – – – – G code list for the machining center system
5 Format 2 for Machining center (M2 format) –         – – – – – – – – – The G-code list is selected by parameter.
The formats of the fixed cycle for turning machining (G77 to G79), compound type fixed cycle for turning machining (G71 to
6 MITSUBISHI CNC special format – – – – – – – – – –        
G76) and fixed cycle for drilling (G80 to G89) can be switched to the MITSUBISHI CNC special formats.
4 Command value
For the decimal point input type 1, the unit of the last digit of a command without a decimal point is the same as that of the
1 Decimal point input 1, 2                   least command increment. For decimal point input type 2, the last digit of a command without a decimal point is interpreted
in millimeters during the metric mode, in inches in the inch mode, or in seconds for a time-based command.
When axis coordinate data are issued in a machining program command, either the incremental command method, which
2 Absolute/Incremental command                   commands a relative distance from the current position, or the absolute command method, which commands a movement to
a designated position in a predetermined coordinate system, can be selected.
The designation method of an axis command value can be changed over with parameters between the radius designation
3 Diameter/Radius designation – – – – – – – – –          or diameter designation. When the diameter designation is selected, the scale of the length of the selected axis is doubled.
(moves only half (1/2) the commanded amount)
3 Positioning/Interpolation
1 Positioning
1 Positioning                   This function carries out positioning at high speed using a rapid traverse rate with the travel command value given in the program.
2 Unidirectional positioning          – – – – – – – – – The G code command always moves the tool to the final position in the direction determined by parameters.
2 Linear/Circular interpolation
Linear interpolation is a function that moves a tool linearly by the travel command value supplied in the program at the cutting
1 Linear interpolation                  
feedrate designated by the F code.
2 Circular interpolation (Center/Radius designation)                   This function moves a tool along a circular arc on the plane selected by the travel command value supplied in the program.
With this function, any two of three axes intersecting orthogonally are made to perform circular interpolation while the third
3 Helical interpolation                   axis performs linear interpolation in synchronization with the arc rotation. This control can be exercised to machine large-
diameter screws or 3-dimensional cams.
4 Spiral/Conical interpolation – –        – – – – – – – – – This function interpolates arcs where the start point and end point are not on the circumference of the same circle into spiral shapes.
This function transfers the shape that is on the cylinder's side surface (shape yielded by the cylindrical coordinate system)
onto a plane, and when the transferred shape is designated in the program in the form of plane coordinates, the shape
5 Cylindrical interpolation –         –        
is converted into a movement along the linear and rotary axes of the original cylinder coordinates, and the contours are
controlled by means of the CNC unit during machining.
This function converts the commands programmed by the orthogonal coordinate axes into linear axis movements (tool
6 Polar coordinate interpolation – – –       –         movements) and rotary axis movements (workpiece rotation) to control the contours. It is useful for cutting linear cutouts on
the outside diameter of the workpiece, grinding cam shafts, etc.
When a lathe with linear axes (X, Z axes) and rotary axis (C axis) serving as the control axes is to perform milling at a workpiece
7 Milling interpolation – – – – – – – – – – –        end face or in the longitudinal direction of the workpiece, this function uses the hypothetical axis Y, which is at right angles to both
the X and Z axes, to enable the milling shape to be programmed as the X, Y and Z orthogonal coordinate system commands.
This function sets one of the axes of the helical interpolation or spiral interpolation, including a linear axis, as a hypothetical
8 Hypothetical axis interpolation – – –       – – – – – – – – – axis (axis with no actual movement), and performs pulse distribution. This enables SIN or COS interpolation, which
corresponds to the side view (view from the hypothetical axis) of the helical interpolation or spiral interpolation.
17 18

3 Curve interpolation
2 Exponential interpolation – – –       – – –       With this function, the rotary axis movement is changed into exponential functions vis-a-vis the linear axis movements.
This function automatically generates spline curves that smoothly pass through rows of dots designated by a fine-segment machining
3 Spline interpolation (1st part system only) – –        – – – – – – – – –
program, and performs interpolation for the paths along the curves. This enables high-speed and high-accuracy machining.
This function realizes NURBS curve machining by commanding NURBS curve parameters (number of stages, weight, knot,
4 NURBS interpolation – – – –   –   – – – – – – – – –
control point). The path does not need to be replaced with fine segments.
An arc shape determined by three points (start point, intermediate point, end point) designated in the three-dimensional
5 3-dimensional circular interpolation – – – –   –   – – – – – – – – –
space can be machined.
4 Feed
1 Feed rate
1 Rapid traverse rate (m/min) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 The rapid traverse rate can be set independently for each axis using parameters.
This function specifies the feedrate of the cutting commands, and gives a command for a feed amount per spindle rotation or
2 Cutting feed rate (m/min) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
feed amount per minute.
The manual feedrates are designated as the feedrate in jog mode or incremental feed mode for manual operation and the
3 Manual feed rate (m/min) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
feedrate during dry run ON for automatic operation. The manual feedrates are set using external signals.
4 Rotary axis command speed tenfold                   This function multiplies the rotary axis' command speed by ten during initial inching.
2 Feed rate input methods
By issuing a G command, the command from the block is issued directly with a numerical value following F as the feedrate
1 Feed per minute                  
per minute (mm/min or inch/min).
By issuing a G command, the command from the block is issued directly with a numerical value following F as the feedrate
2 Feed per revolution                  
per spindle revolution (mm/rev or inch/rev).
This function can issue one block of machining time (inverse) commands in F commands, in place of normal feed commands.
3 Inverse time feed – –        – – – – – – – – – This enables the machining speed on the cutting surface to be constantly controlled and prevents the loss of accuracy, even
if radius compensation is applied to the machining program that expresses the free curve surface with fine segment lines.
4 F 1-digit feed                   The feedrate registered by parameter in advance can be assigned by designating a single digit, following address F.

By enabling a manual speed command and selecting either handle feed or jog (manual) feed in the memory or MDI mode,
5 Manual speed command                  
automatic operation can be carried out at this feedrate.
3 Override
1 Rapid traverse override                   Override can be applied to manual or automatic rapid traverse using the external input signal.
2 Cutting feed override                   Override can be applied to the feedrate command designated in the machining program using the external input signal.
3 2nd cutting feed override                   Override can be further applied as a second-stage override to the feedrate after the cutting feed override has been applied.
By turning on the override cancel external signal, the override is automatically set to 100% for the cutting feed during the
4 Override cancel                  
automatic operation mode (tape, memory and MDI).
4 Acceleration/Deceleration
Acceleration/deceleration is automatically applied to all commands. The acceleration/deceleration patterns can be selected
1 Automatic acceleration/deceleration after interpolation                   using a parameter from the following types: linear acceleration/deceleration, soft acceleration/deceleration, exponent function
acceleration/deceleration and exponent function acceleration/linear deceleration.
This function performs acceleration/deceleration at a constant inclination during linear acceleration/deceleration in the rapid
Rapid traverse constant inclination acceleration/
2                   traverse mode. Compared to the method of acceleration/deceleration after interpolation, the constant inclination acceleration/
deceleration
deceleration method enables improved cycle time.
This function carries out the acceleration/deceleration according to the torque characteristic of the motor in the rapid traverse mode during
Rapid traverse constant inclination multi-step
3 –         – – – – – – – – – automatic operation. (This function is not available in manual operation.) The rapid traverse constant inclination multi-step acceleration/
acceleration/deceleration (1st part system only)
deceleration method makes for improved cycle time because the positioning time is shortened by using the motor ability to the maximum.
5 Thread cutting
1 Thread cutting (Lead/Thread number designation)                   Thread cutting with a designated lead can be performed. Inch threads are cut by designating the number of threads per inch with the E address.
2 Variable lead thread cutting – – – – – – – – –          By commanding the lead increment/decrement amount per thread rotation, variable lead thread cutting can be performed.
3 Synchronous tapping
This function performs tapping through synchronized control of the spindle and servo axis. This eliminates the need for
1 Synchronous tapping cycle                  
floating taps and enables tapping to be conducted at a highly accurate tapping depth.
The load applied to the tool can be reduced by designating the depth of cut per pass and cutting the workpiece to the hole
2 Pecking tapping cycle –         –        
bottom with a multiple number of passes.
In the deep-hole tapping, the load applied to the tool can be reduced by designating the depth of cut per pass and cutting the
3 Deep-hole tapping cycle –         –        
workpiece to the hole bottom with a multiple number of passes.
4 Chamfering – – – – – – – – –          Chamfering can be enabled during the thread cutting cycle by using external signals.
6 Circular thread cutting – – – – – – – – – – – –       Circular thread in which the lead is in longitudinal direction can be cut.
The servo axis directly detects and compensates the spindle's delay in tracking by using the communication between drive units over
8 High-speed synchronous tapping (OMR-DD) –         –        
the high-speed optical servo network. By minimizing the synchronization error, the accuracy of the synchronous tapping is increased.
6 Manual feed
The tool can be moved at the rapid traverse rate for each axis separately. Override can also be applied to the rapid traverse
1 Manual rapid traverse                  
rate by means of the rapid traverse override function.
2 Jog feed                   The tool can be moved in the axis direction (+ or –) in which the machine is to be moved at the per-minute feedrate.
3 Incremental feed                   The tool can be moved for the designated amount (incremental value) in the axis direction each time the jog switch is pressed.
4 Handle feed                   The machine can be moved in very small amounts by rotating the manual pulse generator.
5 Manual feed rate B                   Manual feedrate B is a function that sets an arbitrary axis feedrate from the user PLC separately from the manual feedrate.
When machining with the manual feedrate B function by moving the orthogonal axis while rotating the rotary table, the table
6 Manual feed rate B surface speed control – – –       – – – – – – – – –
rotation speed is controlled according to the distance from the rotation center.
7 Dwell
The G code command temporarily stops machine movements and sets the machine in the stand-by status for the time
1 Dwell (Time-based designation)                  
designated in the program.
5 Program memory/editing
1 Memory capacity
1 Memory capacity (number of programs stored)
1 15kB[40m] (64 programs) – – –       – – –      
2 30kB[80m] (128 programs) – – –       – – –      
3 60kB[160m] (200 programs) – – –       – – –      
4 125kB[320m] (200 programs) – – –       – – –       Machining programs are stored in the NC memory, data server or external memory devices (front IC card, memory card, hard
disk, etc.).
5 230kB[600m] (400 programs)  – –        – –       (Note) For a multi-part system, the specifications shown here is the total for all part systems.
6 500kB[1280m] (1000 programs) –         –         * M70V TypeA requires a memory expansion unit FCU7-HN754.
7 1000kB[2560m] (1000 programs) – – –       – – –      
* *
8 2000kB[5120m] (1000 programs) – –       – –      
(HN754) (HN754)
2 Editing
1 Program editing                   This function enables program editing such as correction, deletion and addition.
2 Background editing                   This function enables one machining program to be created or edited while another program is running.
19 20

During automatic operation (including memory, tape, Hard disk (HD), IC card, Memory card or Data Server (DS) operation) or
3 Buffer correction                  
MDI operation, this function initiates single block stop and enables the next command to be corrected or changed.
6 Operation and display
1 Structure of operation/display panel
1 Color display (8.4-type LCD TFT)       – – –       – – –
2 Color display (10.4-type LCD TFT) –      – – – –      – – –
3 Color display (15-type LCD TFT) – – –    – – – – – –    – – –
4 Color display (10.4-type LCD TFT/WindowsXPe) – – – – – –    – – – – – –   
5 Color display (15-type LCD TFT/WindowsXPe) – – – – – –    – – – – – –    The setting and display unit consists of the setting part and the keyboard part.
Color touch-panel display (10.4-type LCD TFT/ Refer to “Displays & Keyboards” described previously for the details.
6 – – – – – –    – – – – – –   
WindowsXPe)
7 Color touch-panel display (10.4-type LCD TFT) –      – – – –      – – –
Color touch-panel display (15-type LCD TFT/
8 – – – – – –    – – – – – –   
WindowsXPe)
2 Operation methods and functions
In addition to the method of directly inputting numeric data, a method to input the operation results using four basic arithmetic
1 Operation input                  
operators and function symbols can be used for specific data settings.
2 Absolute value/Incremental value setting                   When setting the data, the absolute/incremental setting can be selected from the menu.
5 Displayed part system switch – –        – –        The part system displayed on the screen can be changed.
The menu list function displays the menu configuration of each screen as a list, making it possible to directly select the menu
6 Menu list                  
for other screens.
7 Display switch by operation mode                   The screen display changes when the screen mode selection switch is changed.
8 External signal display switch – –        – –        The screen display changes with the signal from PLC.
10 Screen saver, backlight OFF                   The screen saver function protects the display unit by turning the backlight OFF after the length of time specified in a parameter.
This function displays the details of the parameters or the operation methods according to the state of the screen currently

11 Parameter/Operation guidance *         *         displayed.
* E70 requires add-on guidance data.
Guidance is displayed for the alarm currently issued.
12 Alarm guidance *         *        
If an illegal input is found in the decimal point after the current cursor position, the cursor will move to that position, and a
13 Machining program input mistake check warning – – –       – – –      
warning message will appear.
15 Screen Capture       – – –       – – – This function allows to output a bitmap file of a screen displayed on the setting and display unit.
This function allows to change the display order of the main menu in the “Monitor”, “Setup” and “Edit” screens, and to change
16 User selectable menu configuration                  
display/non-display selection.
17 PC-NC network automatic connection – – – – – –    – – – – – –    This function supports to restore the connection when the network connection fails between the display unit and the control unit.
18 Device open parameter –         –         This function can set or change the user backed up area of the PLC device from the NC screen.
19 SRAM open parameter –         –         This function can set or change the SRAM open area for machine tool builders from the NC screen.
Menu items on the “Monitor”, “Setup” and “Edit” screens (of MITSUBISHI standard format) can be moved within a screen or
20 MTB selectable menu configuration                  
hidden as desired. The custom screen menu items added by machine tool builders, on the contrary, cannot be moved or hidden.
3 Display methods and contents
1 Status display                   The status of the program currently being executed is indicated.
2 Clock display                   The clock is built in, and the date (year, month, date) and time (hour, minute, second) are displayed.
3 Monitor screen display                   Various information related to operation, such as the axis counter, speed display and MSTB command are displayed.
Tool/workpiece related settings, user parameter settings, MDI editing, counter setting, manual numeric command issuing and
4 Setup screen display                  
pallet program registration (option) can be carried out.
Machining program editing (addition, deletion, change) and checking, simple program creation, and machining program input/
5 Edit screen display                  
output can be carried out.
The following operations related to the CNC diagnosis can be carried out.
(1) Display the hardware and software configuration.
(2) Display the CNC options.
6 Diagnosis screen display                  
(3) Diagnose the PLC interface.
(4) Display the drive unit information.
(5) Display the alarm message / alarm history list etc.
7 Maintenance screen display                   Parameter setting and display, and NC data input/output, etc., can be carried out.
8 Additional languages
1 Japanese                  
2 English                  
3 German    / / / / / /     / / / / / /
4 Italian    / / / / / /     / / / / / /
5 French    / / / / / /     / / / / / /
6 Spanish    / / / / / /     / / / / / /
7 Chinese
1 Traditional Chinese characters    / / / / / /     / / / / / /
2 Simplified Chinese characters    / / / / / /     / / / / / / Available display languages.
(Note) In E70/M70V/M700VS Series, the guidance can be displayed in English and another two languages selected from the
8 Korean    / / / / / /     / / / / / / available languages.
9 Portuguese    / / / / / /     / / / / / /
10 Hungarian    / / / / / /     / / / / / /
11 Dutch    / / / / / /     / / / / / /
12 Swedish    / / / / / /     / / / / / /
13 Turkish    / / / / / /     / / / / / /
14 Polish    / / / / / /     / / / / / /
15 Russian    / / / / / /     / / / / / /
16 Czech    / / / / / /     / / / / / /
7 Input/Output functions and devices
1 Input/Output data
1 Machining program input/output                  
2 Tool offset data input/output                  
3 Common variable input/output                   Certain kinds of data handled by the NC system can be input and output between the NC system's memory and external
4 Parameter input/output                   devices.
5 History data output                  
7 System configuration data output                  
2 Input/Output I/F
1 RS-232C I/F                   Port 1 and 2 are available with the RS-232C interface. The connection point for a connector depends on the product model.
21 22

2 IC card I/F
1 I/F for IC card in control unit [up to 2GByte] – – – – – –    – – – – – –    Interface card to use CF card can be attached inside the NC control unit.
2 Front IC card I/F [up to 2GByte]                   Interface card to use PCMCIA card can be attached in front of the NC control unit.
3 Ethernet I/F                   Ethernet interface card can be attached onto the NC unit.
4 Hard disk I/F – – – – – –    – – – – – –    A hard disk drive can be mounted.
6 USB memory I/F [up to 2GByte]                   A USB memory can be mounted.
3 Computer link
1 Computer link B –         –         Computer link B is a function to receive/send data between the host computer and the CNC.
4 Others
1 Handy terminal connection – – – – – –    – – – – – –    Machine operations, such as setup operations, are possible at hand by using a handy terminal.
8 Spindle, Tool and Miscellaneous functions
1 Spindle functions (S)
The spindle rotation speed is determined in consideration of the override and gear ratio for the S command given in
1 Spindle control functions
automatic operation or with manual numerical commands, and the spindle is rotated.
1 Spindle digital I/F                   This interface is used to connect the digital spindle (AC spindle motor and spindle drive unit).
2 Spindle analog I/F                   Spindle control can be executed using an analog spindle instead of the digital spindle.
Constant output characteristics can be achieved across a broad spectrums down to the low-speed ranges by switching the
3 Coil switch                  
spindle motor connections. This is a system under which commands are assigned from the PLC.
Constant output characteristics can be achieved across a broad spectrums down to the low-speed ranges by switching the spindle
4 Automatic coil switch                  
motor connections. This is a system under which the CNC module switches the coils automatically in accordance with the motor speed.
5 Encoder input I/F                   With this function, arbitrary pulse can be input by parameters set in R register.
When an 8-digit number following address S (S0 to S±99999999) is commanded, signed 32-bit binary data and start signal,
2 S code output                  
or non-signed 32-bit binary data and start signal will be output to the PLC.
With radial direction cutting, this function enables the spindle speed to be changed in accordance with changes in the radial
3 Constant surface speed control                  
direction coordinates and the workpiece to be cut with the cutting point always kept at a constant speed (constant surface speed).

This function applies override to the rotation speed of a spindle or milling spindle assigned by the machining program
4 Spindle override                  
command during automatic operation or by manual operation.
Multiple-spindle control is a function that controls all the spindles except the first spindle (main spindle) in a machine tool
5 Multiple-spindle control
equipped with the second, third and fourth spindles (sub-spindles) in addition to the first spindle.
1 Multiple-spindle control 1 – – – – – – – – –          This function controls the spindles in a machine tool equipped with several spindles.
With this function, commands to the spindle are performed with one S command, and a signal from the PLC determines
2 Multiple-spindle control 2 –                 
which spindle is selected.
6 Spindle orientation                   This function stops the spindle rotation at a certain position.
7 Spindle position control (Spindle/C axis control)                   This function enables one spindle drive unit to be also used as the C axis (rotary axis) using an external signal.
8 Spindle synchronization
1 Spindle synchronization 1 – – – – – – – – – –         In a machine with two or more spindles, this function controls the rotation speed and phase of one selected spindle
(synchronized spindle) in synchronization with the rotation of the other selected spindle (basic spindle). There are two
2 Spindle synchronization 2 – – – – – – – – – –         methods for giving commands: G code and PLC.
This function is used for a machine with a spindle motor to rotate a guide bushing. It synchronizes the guide bushing spindle (G/
3 Guide bushing spindle synchronization – – – – – – – – – – – –      
B spindle) with the spindle motor used as a reference (basic spindle).
9 Tool spindle synchronization 1 (Polygon)
With a machine equipped with two or more spindles under serial connection control, this function enables spindle-spindle
1 Tool spindle synchronization 1 A (Spindle-Spindle, Polygon) – – – – – – – – – –         polygon machining (IA) by controlling the workpiece spindle rotation in synchronization with the rotary tool spindle rotation.
The rotary tool spindle and workpiece spindle are designated from the spindles subject to serial connection control.
With a machine equipped with two or more spindles under serial connection control, this function enables spindle-spindle
2 Tool spindle synchronization 1 B (Spindle-Spindle, Polygon) – – – – – – – – – –         polygon machining (IB) by controlling the rotary tool spindle rotation in synchronization with the workpiece spindle rotation.
The rotary tool spindle and workpiece spindle are designated from the spindles subject to serial connection control.
This function controls the workpiece (spindle) and tool (NC axis) so that they synchronously rotate at the commanded ratio,
3 Tool spindle synchronization 1 C (Spindle-NC axis, Polygon) – – – – – – – – – – –       
allowing polygon machining.
10 Tool spindle synchronization 2 (Hobbing) – – – – – – – – – – –        This function is to cut the gear with a hob (hob cutter).
11 Spindle speed clamp                   The spindle rotation speed is clamped between max. rotation speed and min. rotation speed.
2 Tool functions (T)
The tool function is commanded with an 8-digit number following the address T (T0 to T99999999) to specify the tool No. In the
1 Tool functions (T command)                  
controller for a lathe, the tool compensation (tool length compensation, tool nose wear compensation) Nos. are also indicated.
3 Miscellaneous functions (M)
Miscellaneous function, or M function, is used to command auxiliary functions for NC, such as rotating the spindle forward/
1 Miscellaneous functions                  
backward or stopping it, as well as turning the cooling oil ON/OFF.
2 Multiple M codes in 1 block                   Up to four sets of M commands can be issued in a block.
When the M00, M01, M02 or M30 command is issued during an automatic operation (tape, memory, MDI) or by a manual numerical
3 M code independent output                  
command, the signal of this function is output. It is turned OFF after the miscellaneous function finishes or by the reset & rewind signal.
These signals inform the CNC system that a miscellaneous function (M), spindle function (S), tool function (T) or 2nd
4 Miscellaneous function finish                   miscellaneous function (A, B, C) has been issued, and that the PLC that has received it has completed the required
operation. They include miscellaneous function finish signal 1 (FIN1) and miscellaneous function finish signal 2 (FIN2).
This function controls the timing at which miscellaneous functions are output, and it outputs a miscellaneous function when
5 M code output during axis traveling – – – – – – – – – – –       
the axis reaches the designated position movement.
6 Miscellaneous Function Command High-speed Output                   This function shortens a processing time per miscellaneous function.
4 2nd miscellaneous functions (B)
The code data and start signals are output when an 8-digit number is assigned following the address code A, B or C —
1 2nd miscellaneous functions                  
whichever does not duplicate the axis name being used.
9 Tool compensation
1 Tool length/Tool position
These commands make it possible to control the axis movement by offsetting the position of the end point of the travel
1 Tool length compensation                  
command by the amount set in the tool compensation screen.
This function uses commands to control the movement by changing the end point positions of the movement commands to
2 Tool position offset –         – – – – – – – – –
positions which have been extended or reduced for a tool compensation amount.
The tool compensation for a lathe is valid for the X and Z axes. If an additional axis (Y axis) is added, the tool compensation
3 Tool compensation for additional axes – – – – – – – – –         
will be validated for the additional axis.
2 Tool radius
This function provides tool radius compensation. Through a combination of the G command and D address assignment, the
1 Tool radius compensation          – – – – – – – – –
actual tool center path is compensated either inside or outside the programmed path by an amount equivalent to the tool radius.
This command serves the function of compensating the spherical radius of ball end mills. It compensates the actual tool
2 3-dimensional tool radius compensation – – –       – – – – – – – – – center path to be either more outside or inside the programmed path by an amount equivalent to the tool radius amount in
accordance with the 3-dimensional vectors.
The tool nose of the specified tool No. is assumed to be a half circle of the radius R, and compensation is applied so that the
3 Tool nose radius compensation (G40/41/42) – – – – – – – – –         
half circle touches the programmed path.
4 Automatic decision of nose radius compensation direction (G46/40) – – – – – – – – –          The nose radius compensation direction is automatically determined from the tool tip and the specified movement vector.
23 24

Tool diameter designation handles the compensation amount as diameter value and compensates the amount set in the tool
5 Tool radius compensation diameter designation –         – – – – – – – – –
compensation amount screen when tool radius compensation (G41/G42) is commanded.
3 Tool offset amount
1 Number of tool offset sets
1 20 sets – – – – – – – – – – – –      
2 40 sets – – –       – – – – – – – – –
3 80 sets – – – – – – – – –         
4 200 sets  – –       – – – – – – – – – The number of configurable sets of tool data such as tool length compensation and tool radius compensation.
5 400 sets –         – – – – – – – – –
6 999 sets – – – –   –   – – – – – – – – –
7 (99 × number of part systems) sets – – – – – – – – – – – –      
2 Offset memory
1 Tool shape/wear offset amount                   This function registers the tool shape compensation and wear compensation amounts.
10 Coordinate system
This shows the coordinate systems handled by the NC.
1 Coordinate system type and setting
The points that can be commanded with the movement command are points in the local coordinate system or machine coordinate system.
The machine coordinate system is used to express the prescribed positions (such as the tool change position and stroke
1 Machine coordinate system                   end position) that are specific to each machine, and it is automatically set immediately upon completion of the first dog-type
reference position return after power ON, or immediately after power ON if the absolute position specifications apply.
2 Coordinate system setting                   By issuing a G code, the program coordinate system (zero point of program) can be changed in the workpiece coordinate system.
After turning the power ON, even without executing the reference position return, the basic machine coordinate system and
3 Automatic coordinate system setting                  
the workpiece coordinate system are set automatically.
4 Workpiece coordinate system selection
When multiple workpieces with the same shape are to be machined, these commands enable the same shape to be
1 Workpiece coordinate system selection (6 sets)                  
machined by executing a single machining program in the coordinate system of each workpiece.

2 Extended workpiece coordinate system selection (48 sets) G54.1P1 to P48                  
3 Extended workpiece coordinate system selection (96 sets) G54.1P1 to P96 – – – –   –   – – – – – – – – – In addition to the six workpiece coordinate systems G54 to G59, 48/96 sets of workpiece coordinate systems can be used by
Extended workpiece coordinate system assigning G54.1Pn command.
4 – – – –   –   – – – – – – – – –
selection (300 sets) G54.1P1 to P300
An external workpiece coordinate offset that serves as a reference for all the workpiece coordinate systems is available outside
5 External workpiece coordinate offset                   the workpiece coordinates. By setting the external workpiece coordinate offset, the external workpiece coordinate system can
be shifted, and all the workpiece coordinate systems can be simultaneously shifted by an amount equivalent to the offset.
This function presets the workpiece coordinate system, which has been shifted by the programmed command or the manual
6 Workpiece coordinate system preset (G92.1) – – –                operation, as the workpiece coordinate system which has been offset by the programmed command (G92.1) from the
machine zero point by an amount equivalent to the workpiece coordinate offset amount.
This function is for assigning another coordinate system in the workpiece coordinate system currently selected. This enables
7 Local coordinate system                  
the workpiece coordinate system to be changed temporarily.
The rotary axis includes the rotating type (short-cut valid/invalid) or the linear type (workpiece coordinate position linear type,
8 Coordinate system for rotary axis                   all coordinate position linear type).
The workpiece coordinate position range is 0 to 359.999° for the rotating type, and 0 to 99999.999° for the linear type.
9 Plane selection                   By issuing a G code, it is possible to specify the planes for the arc, tool radius compensation, coordinate rotation and other commands.
Origin set is a function that shifts the coordinate system so that the current position is set as the zero point in the workpiece coordinate
10 Origin set/Origin cancel                   system containing the workpiece coordinate system's offset value.
Origin cancel is a function that manually cancels all deviated amounts, and shifts to the designated zero point with the workpiece offset.
11 Counter set                   The relative position counter can be set to an arbitrary value from the setting and display unit screen.
2 Return
1 Manual reference position return                   This function enables the tool to be returned manually to a position specific to the machine (reference position).
By commanding the G code during an automatic operation, the 1st reference position return is executed. If an intermediate
2 Automatic 1st reference position return                  
point is commanded, a positioning is made to the point at rapid traverse rate, then each axis returns to its 1st reference position.
As in the automatic 1st reference position return, by commanding the G code during an automatic operation, an axis returns
3 2nd, 3rd, 4th reference position return                  
to a certain position specific to the machine (2nd/3rd/4th reference position).
By issuing a G code, a machining program where the tool is programmed to start off from the reference position and return to
4 Reference position check                  
the reference position can be checked if the tool will return successfully to the reference position.
With this function, a battery stores the relation of the actual machine position and the machine coordinate kept in the CNC
5 Absolute position detection                  
even during the power OFF, and an automatic operation is enabled without executing a reference position return.
By specifying the tool change position in a parameter and also assigning a tool change position return command in a
6 Tool exchange position return                  
machining program, the tool can be changed at the most appropriate position.
11 Operation support functions
1 Program control
When “/” (slash code) is programmed at the head of a block, and the optional block skip input signal from the external source
1 Optional block skip                  
is turned ON for automatic operation, the block with the “/” code is skipped.
When “/n (n:1 to 9)” is programmed at the head of a block, and the optional block skip input n signal from the external source
2 Optional block skip addition –         –        
is turned ON for automatic operation, the block with the “/n” code is skipped.
3 Single block                   The commands for automatic operation can be executed one block at a time (block stop) by turning ON the single block input signal.
2 Program test
F code feed commands for automatic operation can be switched to the manual feedrate data of the machine operation board
1 Dry run                  
by turning ON the dry run input signal.
2 Machine lock                   When the machine lock input signal is set to ON, the CNC operations can be executed without actually moving the NC axis.
When the “External input” signal or “Miscellaneous function lock” signal is turned ON, the output signals of M, S, T, and B (2nd
3 Miscellaneous function lock                  
miscellaneous function) will not be output to the PLC. This is useful when checking only travel commands in a program check.
4 Graphic check
1 Graphic check                  
This function traces the programmed movement path without executing an automatic operation. It enables three-dimensional
2 3D solid program check – –        – – – – – – – – –
drawing and also rotary axis drawing. By using this function, machining programs can be checked before they are actually run.
* * M70V TypeA requires a function expansion unit FCU7-HN721/HN722.
3 Graphic check rotary axis drawing – – – – – – – – – – –      
(HN721/HN722)
5 Graphic trace
1 Graphic trace                   This function traces the machine tool's machine positions. It draws the movement path of an actual automatic or manual
operation, and the tool tip movement path. The function also monitors the machine operations during machining. It enables
* the drawing of a rotary axis as well.
2 Graphic trace rotary axis drawing – – – – – – – – – – –      
(HN721/HN722) * M70V TypeA requires a function expansion unit FCU7-HN721/HN722.
6 Machining time computation                   This function analyzes the machining program without moving the axis and calculates the approximate time required for machining.
3 Program search/start/stop
1 Program search                   This function specifies the program No. of the program to run automatically and calls the program.
2 Sequence number search                   Blocks can be indexed by setting the program No., sequence No. and block No. of the program to run automatically.
3 Verification stop –         –         This function enables the single block stop status to be established at any block without having to turn the SINGLE BLOCK switch ON.
25 26

When a machining program is to be resumed after suspended midway due to tool damage or for some other reason, this
4 Program restart                  
function searches the program and the block to resume and enables machining to be resumed from the block.
With the input of the automatic operation start signal (change from ON to OFF), automatic operation of the program that was
5 Automatic operation start                  
found by an operation search is started by the controller (or the halted program is restarted).
6 NC reset                   This function enables the controller to be reset.
7 Feed hold                   When the feed hold signal is set to ON during automatic operation, the machine feed is immediately decelerated and stopped.
If the “Search & Start” signal is input when the memory mode is selected, the designated machining program is searched and
8 Search & Start                  
executed from the beginning.
4 Interrupt operation
1 Manual interruption                   Manual interrupt is a function that enables manual operations to be performed during automatic operation.
The handle command can interrupt and be superimposed onto a command without suspending automatic operation to move
2 Automatic operation handle interruption                  
the machine by rotating the manual pulse generator during automatic operation.
The program absolute positions are updated by an amount equivalent to the distance by which the tool is moved manually
3 Manual absolute switch                  
when the manual absolute switch signal is turned ON.
4 Thread cutting cycle retract – – – – – – – – – –         This function suspends the thread cutting cycle if a feed hold signal has been input during thread cutting cycle.
If tapping is interrupted by a reset or emergency stop signal that is input during tapping and the tap is left engaged inside the
5 Tapping retract                   workpiece, the tap tool engaged inside the workpiece can be rotated in the reverse direction so that it will be disengaged by
inputting the tap retract signal.
On the screen of the setting and display unit, the M, S and T (and B when 2nd miscellaneous function is valid) commands
6 Manual numerical value command                  
can be executed by setting numerical values and pressing [INPUT].
7 Arbitrary reverse run – –        – – – – – – – – – This function allows a program to run the executed blocks backward after the block stop in the automatic operation.
This function enables MDI programs to be executed during automatic operation in the single block stop status. When the
8 MDI interruption                  
modal status is changed in a MDI program, the modal status in the automatic operation mode is also changed.
This function enables manual operations to be performed during automatic operation by selecting an automatic operation
9 Simultaneous operation of manual and automatic modes                   mode (tape, MDI or memory) and manual mode (handle, step, jog or manual reference position return) simultaneously.
(Arbitrary feed based on the PLC is also possible.)

When executing the jog feed and handle feed, both these feeds are available without changing the mode each time by
10 Simultaneous operation of JOG and handle modes                  
inputting the jog mode signal and simultaneous operation of jog and handle modes signal to the control unit.
When the retract signal is turned ON during the automatic and manual operation, this function can retract the tool immediately
11 Reference position retract                  
to a set reference position.
Even if the machining program's operation is halted and the tool is retracted to change the tool or check the workpiece, etc.,
12 Tool retract and return – – – –   –   – – – – – – – – –
the tool can be returned to the halted point (machining halted point) and resume machining.
13 Skip retract –         – – – – – – – – – This function is used to return in the direction opposite the travel direction when the skip signal is input during G31 command.
The interrupt program set with the R register is executed with the signals from the PLC during single block stop in program
14 PLC interruption –         –        
operation or during the manual mode.
12 Program support functions
1 Machining method support functions
1 Program
When the same pattern is repeated during machining, the machining pattern is registered as one subprogram, which can be called
1 Subprogram control  8 layers  8 layers  8 layers  8 layers  8 layers  8 layers  8 layers  8 layers  8 layers  8 layers  8 layers  8 layers  8 layers  8 layers  8 layers  8 layers  8 layers  8 layers
from the main program as required, thereby realizing the same machining easily. This enables the efficient use of programs.
If the same pattern is used repeatedly on a concentric circle, one of the rotary machining patterns can be registered as a
2 Figure rotation – – –       – – – – – – – – – subprogram. When the subprogram is called from the main program, if the rotation center is designated, a path similar to the
rotary phase can be easily created on the concentric circle. This simplifies the creation of a program.
The shape commanded by a program can be extended or reduced to the desired size by applying a scale factor to the
3 Scaling          – – – – – – – – –
movement axis command position.
4 Axis name switch – – – – – – – – – –         The axis name switch function switches the name of a command axis and a control axis.
2 Macro program
In order to execute one integrated function, a group of control and arithmetic instructions can be used and registered as a
1 User macro  4 layers  4 layers  4 layers  4 layers  4 layers  4 layers  4 layers  4 layers  4 layers  4 layers  4 layers  4 layers  4 layers  4 layers  4 layers  4 layers  4 layers  4 layers
macro program.
This function enables macro programs exclusively designed for use by a specific machine tool builder to be registered in
2 Machine tool builder macro –         –        
addition to the regular user macro programs.
By inputting a user macro interrupt signal from the PLC, the program being currently executed is interrupted and other
3 Macro interruption                  
programs can be called instead.
4 Variable command
1 100 sets – – –       – – –      
2 200 sets  – –        – –      
3 300 sets – – –       – – –      
4 600 sets – – –       –  –      
5 700 sets –         – –       
* * Programming can be made flexible and versatile by designating variables instead of directly assigning numbers to addresses
6 8000 sets – –       – –      
(HN754) (HN754) in programs and by supplying the values of those variables as required when running the programs.
7 (50+50×number of part systems) sets – – –       – – –       Arithmetic operations (adding, subtracting, multiplying and dividing) can also be conducted for the variables.
8 (100+100×number of part systems) sets – – –       – – –       * M70V TypeA requires a memory expansion unit FCU7-HN754.
9 (200+100×number of part systems) sets – – –       – – –      
10 (500+100×number of part systems) sets – – –       – – –      
11 (600+100×number of part systems) sets – –        – –       
* *
12 (7900+100×number of part systems) sets – –       – –      
(HN754) (HN754)
3 Fixed cycle
1 Fixed cycle for drilling                  
These functions enable drilling, tapping and other hole machining cycles to be assigned in a simple 1-block program. Special
2 Fixed cycle for drilling (Type 2) – – – – – – – – –         
fixed cycles must always be used in combination with fixed cycles.
3 Special fixed cycle          – – – – – – – – –
4 Fixed cycle for turning machining – – – – – – – – –         
The shape normally programmed in several blocks for rough cutting, etc. in the turning machining can be commanded in one
5 Compound type fixed cycle for turning machining – – – – – – – – –         
block. This function is useful for simplifying machining programs.
6 Compound type fixed cycle for turning machining (Type 2) – – – – – – – – –         
In deep hole drilling, cutting and retract are repeated and the workpiece is machined multiple times. In addition, when PLC
7 Small-diameter deep-hole drilling cycle –         – – – – – – – – –
signals are input during cutting, the cutting for the time concerned is skipped. In this way, the load applied to the tool is reduced.
4 Mirror image
1 Mirror image by parameter setting –         –         A parameter is used to designate the axis for which the mirror image function is to be executed before the machining program is run.
2 Mirror image by external input –         –         Signals from an external device (PLC) request the mirror image operation either during or before the execution of a machining program.
Using a program for the left or right side of an image, this function can machine the other side of the image when a left/right
3 Mirror image by G code          – – – – – – – – –
symmetrical shape is to be cut.
With machines in which the base tool post and the facing tool post are integrated in one post, this function enables the
4 Mirror image for facing tool posts – – – – – – – – – – –       
programs prepared for cutting at the base side to be executed by the tools on the facing side as well.
27 28

When tools that correspond to tool Nos. 1 to 64 are selected (T commands) but these are the tool Nos. for which the facing
5 T code mirror image for facing tool posts – – – – – – – – – – –        tool post mirror image function has already been designated with a parameter, the status equivalent to G68 (facing tool post
mirror image ON) is established.
5 Coordinate system operation
When it is necessary to machine a complicated shape at a position that has been rotated with respect to the coordinate
1 Coordinate rotation by program          – –        system, you can machine a rotated shape by programming the shape prior to rotation on the local coordinate system, and
then specifying the parallel shift amount and rotation angle by means of this coordinate rotation command.
If a deviation occurs between the workpiece alignment line and the machine coordinate system's coordinate axis when the workpiece is
2 Coordinate rotation by parameter – – –       – – – – – – – – –
mounted, the machine can be controlled to rotate the machining program coordinates according to the workpiece alignment line deviation.
With the 3-dimensional coordinate conversion function, a new coordinate system can be defined by rotating and moving in
3 3-dimensional coordinate conversion – – –       – – – – – – – – –
parallel the zero point in respect to the X, Y and Z axes of the currently set workpiece coordinate system.
6 Dimension input
This function executes corner processing by automatically inserting a straight line or arc in the commanded amount between
1 Corner chamfering/Corner R                  
two consecutive travel blocks.
The end point coordinates are automatically calculated by assigning one element (one component of the selected plane) of
2 Linear angle command                  
the end point coordinates and the linear angle.
When it is difficult to find the intersection point of two straight lines with a continuous linear interpolation command, this point
3 Geometric command                  
can be calculated automatically by programming the command for the angle of the straight lines.
4 Polar coordinate command –         – – – – – – – – – With this function, the end point position is commanded with the radius and angle.
7 Axis control
1 Chopping
This function continuously raises and lowers the chopping axis independently of program operation. During the grinding
1 Chopping –         –        
operation, chopping can produce a better surface accuracy than using abrasive grain.
This function controls the swiveling of the C axis (rotary axis) so that the tool is always pointing in the normal line direction for
2 Normal line control – –        – – – – – – – – –
the X and Y axes movement commands during program operation.
In circular cutting, a system of cutting steps are performed; first, the tool departs from the center of the circle, and by cutting

3 Circular cutting          – – – – – – – – –
along the inside circumference of the circle, it draws a complete circle, then it returns to the center of the circle.
8 Multi-part system control
The multi-axis, multi-part system compound control CNC system can simultaneously run multiple machining programs
1 Timing synchronization between part systems – –        – –        independently. This function is used in cases when, at some particular point during operation, the operations of different part
systems are to be synchronized or in cases when the operation of only one part system is required.
2 Start point designation timing synchronization – –        – –        The synchronizing point can be placed in the middle of a block by designating the start point.
3 Mixed control (cross axis control)
1 Mixed Control (Cross Axis Control) 1 – – – – – – – – – – –        This function enables any axis to be replaced with another axis between part systems. There are two methods for giving
2 Mixed Control (Cross Axis Control) 2 – – – – – – – – – – –        commands: G code and PLC.
4 Control axis superimposition
1 Control Axis Superimposition 1 – – – – – – – – – – – –       This function enables to superimpose on and control an axis in a part system with an axis in another part system. There are
2 Control Axis Superimposition 2 – – – – – – – – – – – –       two methods for giving commands: G code and PLC.
5 Control axis synchronization across part systems
1 Control Axis Synchronization Across Part System 1 – – – – – – – – – – –        Synchronization control enables an arbitrary control axis in another part system to move in synchronization with the
2 Control Axis Synchronization Across Part System 2 – – – – – – – – – – –        movement command assigned to an arbitrary control axis. There are two methods for giving commands: G code and PLC.
The deflection can be minimized by holding tools simultaneously from both sides of the workpiece and using them in
6 Balance cut – – – – – – – – – – –        synchronization to machine the workpiece (balance cutting). In addition, since the workpiece is machined by two tools, the
machining time is reduced.
For a machine with multiple part systems, the common variables and tool compensation memory which exist for each part
7 Common memory for part systems – – – – – – – – – – –       
system can be made common to all part systems by setting the parameters.
8 2-part system synchronous thread cutting – – – – – – – – – – –        This function performs synchronous thread cutting for the same spindle using the 1st and 2nd part systems.
9 Multi-part system program management – –        – –        Separate programs, used in each part system, can be managed under a common name in a multi-part system.
9 Data input by program
1 Parameter input by program                   The parameters set from the display can be changed using machining programs.
The value of the workpiece coordinate systems selected can be set or changed using program commands.
2 Compensation data input by program                  
The tool compensation amounts, that are set from the display can be input using program commands.
10 Machining modal
1 Tapping mode                   When tapping mode commands are issued, the CNC system is set to the internal control modes required for tapping.
2 Cutting mode                   When a cutting mode command is issued, the CNC system is set to the cutting mode that enables a smoothly cut surface.
2 Machining accuracy support functions
To prevent machining surface distortion due to increase in the cutting load when cutting corners, this function automatically
1 Automatic corner override                  
applies an override on the cutting feedrate so that the cutting amount is not increased for a set time at the corner.
2 Deceleration check
1 Exact stop check mode                  
2 Exact stop check                   This function decelerates and stops a motor before executing the next block, which reduces the impact on the machine
3 Error detection                   caused by a rapid change of feedrate, and prevents a corner from being machined round.
4 Programmable in-position check                  
3 High-speed and high-accuracy functions[kBPM:k Block per Minute]
1 High-speed machining mode 1 (G5P1) Max. [kBPM] –  8.4  16.8  16.8  16.8  16.8  16.8  16.8  16.8 – – – – – – – – –
This function runs a machining program that approximates a free curve with fine segments at a high speed.
2 High-speed machining mode 2 (G5P2) Max. [kBPM] – –  33.7  67.5  168  168  67.5  168  168 – – – – – – – – –
High-speed high-accuracy control 1 (G5.1Q1) Max.
3 –  16.8  16.8  16.8  33.7  33.7  16.8  33.7  33.7 – – – – – – – – – This function runs machining programs, in which free-form curved surfaces have been approximated by fine segments, at a
[kBPM] (1st part system only)
high speed and with a high accuracy.
High-speed high-accuracy control 2 (G5P10000) Max. If the 2nd part system simultaneous high-accuracy option is valid, 2nd part system can be performed at the same time.
4 – –  33.7  67.5  168  168  67.5  168  168 – – – – – – – – –
[kBPM] (limited to 1-part system configuration)
This function controls the operation so the lag will be eliminated in control systems and servo systems. With this function,
High-accuracy control1 (G61.1/G08)
5 –         – – – – – – – – – improved machining accuracy can be realized, especially during high-speed machining, and machining time can be reduced.
(1st part system only)
If the 2nd part system simultaneous high-accuracy option is valid, 2nd part system can be performed at the same time.
High-accuracy spline interpolation1 (G61.2) This function automatically generates spline curves that smoothly pass through rows of dots designated by a fine-segment
6 – –        – – – – – – – – –
(1st part system only) machining program, and performs interpolation for the paths along the curves.
8 SSS control
With SSS (Super Smooth Surface) control, the large area path information is used instead of just the angle between the
blocks. Thus, optimum speed control that is not adversely affected by minute steps or waviness is possible. This enables
*
1 SSS control (1st part system only) – –       – – – – – – – – – machining with a fewer scratches and streaks on the cutting surface compared to the normal high-accuracy control function.
(HN722)
If the 2nd part system simultaneous high-accuracy option is valid, 2nd part system can be performed at the same time.
* M70V TypeA requires a function expansion unit FCU7-HN722.
High-accuracy acceleration/deceleration time constant This extends the upper limit of cutting feed time constant from 5,000[ms] to 30,000[ms] for acceleration/deceleration before
9 – – –       – – – – – – – – –
extension (1st part system only) interpolation.
The machining condition parameter set which consists of parameters related to the high-accuracy control can be configured
10 Machining condition selection 1 (1st part system only) –         – – – – – – – – – in advance for each machining application (such as part machining or die machining) or machining process (such as rough or
finishing), and it can be switched according to the purpose.
29 30

By reducing the load applied during the NC program analysis and interpolation to the minimum possible level, the machining
12 Direct command mode – – – – – – – – – – – – –   –  
programs expressed in fine segments are executed at a high processing speed.
The high-accuracy control can be operated in two part systems at the same time.
13 High-accuracy Control in 2 Part Systems – – –       – – – – – – – – – (Note) One or more of the options High-accuracy control, High-speed high-accuracy control 1 or High-speed high-accuracy
control 2 must be combined with this function to implement high-accuracy or high-speed high-accuracy control.
4 Programming support functions
This function enables creation of a program while proceeding with sample machining by manual (handle or job) feed or
1 Playback          – – –      
mechanical handle feed.
3 Simple programming –         –         Create a part program by using NAVI MILL (for machining center system) or NAVI LATHE (for lathe system).
G code guidance is a function to display illustration of the contents or movements of the commanded format for the G code
4 G code guidance *         *         currently under editing. This is used when creating or editing a machining program.
13 Machine accuracy compensation
1 Static accuracy compensation
1 Backlash compensation                   This function compensates the error (backlash) produced when the direction of the machine system is reversed.
Machine accuracy can be improved by compensating the errors in the screw pitch intervals among the mechanical errors
2 Memory-type pitch error compensation                  
(production errors, wear, etc.) of the feed screws.
3 Memory-type relative position error compensation                   Machine accuracy can be improved by compensating the relative error between machine axes, such as a production error or aging.
The coordinate system can be shifted by inputting a compensation amount from the PLC. This compensation amount will not
4 External machine coordinate system compensation                  
appear on the counters (all counters including machine position).
With commands designated during arc cutting, this function compensates movement toward the inside of the arcs caused by
5 Circular error radius compensation –         –        
a factor such as servo delay.
6 Ball screw thermal expansion compensation –         –         This compensates the axis feed error caused by a ball screw's thermal expansion, etc. using the values set by the PLC.
In a machine with a rotary axis, there may be a case where the actual rotation center deviates from the programmed rotation center. (In
7 Machine rotation center error compensation – – – –   –   – – – – – – – – –
other words, “machine rotation center error” may be observed.) Higher accuracy machining can be realized by compensating this error.
With this function, the gradually increasing-type lost motion which depends on the distance from the point where the machine

Position-dependent gradually increasing-type backlash
8 –         –         movement direction is reversed can be compensated by controlling the variation of backlash compensation amount according
compensation
to the distance from the direction reversal point.
Two-way pitch error compensation function is used to compensate the pitch error in each direction by setting the pitch error
9 Two-way pitch error compensation –         –        
compensation amount when moving in the positive and negative direction.
2 Dynamic accuracy compensation
This is a high-response and stable position control method using the servo system. SHG control realizes an approximately
1 Smooth high-gain (SHG) control                  
three-fold position loop gain compared to the conventional control method.
Use position feedback with a motor-side detector in ranges with high acceleration to enable stable control. In ranges with low
2 Dual feedback                   acceleration, use position feedback with the machine-side detector (scale). This will make it possible to increase the position
loop gain. A machine-side detector (scale) is separately required.
This function compensates the error in protrusion shapes caused by lost motion at the arc quadrant changeover section
3 Lost motion compensation                  
during circular cutting.
The OMR (Optimal Machine Response) control function estimates the machine or motor model (moment of inertia, clone
friction, viscosity coefficient, etc.) that can cause a path error (deviation of the actual tool path from the programmed path).
High-accuracy machining is achieved by carrying out feed forward control based on that model. This allows error cased by
4 OMR 2 (Backlash with filter) –         –        
quadrant protrusions during circular interpolation or quadrants on the inner side of the path to be greatly reduced.
OMR-2 is a function that focuses on the quadrant protrusions, and improves the path error with this. Quadrant path
compensation is included in OMR-2.
OMR-FF control enables fine control by generating feed forward inside the drive unit and can realize the strict feedback
6 OMR-FF – – –       – – – – – – – – –
control to the program command than the conventional high-speed accuracy control.
7 Distance-coded reference position detection – – –       – – –       This is a function where a distance-coded reference scale is used to establish the reference point in the relative position detection system.
14 Automation support functions
1 Measurement
1 Skip
When the external skip signal is input during linear interpolation using the G31 command, machine feeding is stopped
1 Skip                  
immediately and the remaining distance is discarded to execute the commands in the next block.
2 Multiple-step skip                   This function realizes skipping by designating a combination of skip signals for each skip command.
4 PLC skip –         –         This function enables skip operations to be performed by signals which are input from the user PLC.
5 Speed change skip – – –       – – –       This function is used to change the feed rate or to stop the movement by inputting the skip signal during the linear interpolation.
This function moves the tool in the direction of the tool measurement position by the commanded value between the measurement
start position and measurement position. It stops the tool as soon as it reaches the sensor and calculates the difference between the
2 Automatic tool length measurement                  
coordinates where the tool has stopped and the command coordinates. It registers this difference as the tool length compensation amount
for that tool.
3 Manual tool length measurement 1                   Simple measurement of the tool length is done without a sensor.
[M system] When the tool is positioned at the reference position, this function measures the distance from the reference
position to the tool tip and registered it as the tool length compensation amount.
4 Manual tool length measurement 2                  
[L system] A device with a built-in touch sensor is used. Simply by causing the tool nose to touch the touch sensor in manual
feed, the tool compensation amount can be calculated and stored in tool compensation amount memory.
The external workpiece coordinate offset data for the Z axis can be set by cutting the workpiece face by means of manual
5 Workpiece coordinate offset measurement – – – – – – – – – –        
operations and inputting the workpiece measurement signal.
The workpiece position measurement function is used to measure each axis' coordinate by installing a sensor on the spindle
and the sensor contacting the workpiece with the manual feed or handle feed.
6 Workpiece position measurement –         – – – – – – – – –
The surface, hole center and width center coordinates are calculated from the measured coordinates, and those calculated
results are set in the workpiece coordinate offset.
The offset of the rotary coordinate system (rotation center and rotation angle) is measured, and the results are set to the
7 Rotation measurement –         – – – – – – – – –
workpiece coordinate system offset (rotation center) and the parameters.
2 Tool life management
1 Tool life management
1 Tool life management 1                   The tool usage is monitored by accumulating each tool's usage time or the frequency of use.
[M system] A spare tool change function is added to the tool life management 1.
2 Tool life management 2                   [L system] The life of each tool (time and frequency) is controlled, and when the life is reached, a spare tool of the same type
is selected from the same group.
The tool usage is monitored by accumulating each tool's usage time and the frequency of use. This function is not controlled
3 Tool life management 3          – – – – – – – – –
by the group No.
2 Number of tool life management sets
1 80 sets – – – – – – – – –         
2 200 sets          – – – – – – – – –
3 400 sets – – –       – – – – – – – – –
The max. sets of tools available for tool life management
4 600 sets – – –       – – – – – – – – –
5 800 sets – – –       – – – – – – – – –
6 1000 sets – – –       – – – – – – – – –
31 32

3 Others
This function allows the current limit value of the NC axis to be changed to a desired value in the program, and is used for
1 Programmable current limitation                  
the workpiece stopper, etc.
Auto power OFF function notifies that the control unit's power can be turned OFF after shutting the display unit down by
2 Auto power off – – –       – – –      
entering “automatic power OFF request” signal from user PLC to NC.
This function aims at detecting tool wear or degradation by detecting and monitoring the actual load (current value) on
4 Load monitoring1 – – –       – – –      
spindle and NC axes on a real time basis.
15 Safety and maintenance
1 Safety switches
All operations are stopped by the emergency stop signal input and, at the same time, the drive section is stopped and the
1 Emergency stop                  
movement of the machine is stopped.
With the input from the user PLC, it is possible to prohibit the parameter setting or deletion, and the program edit from the
2 Data protection key                  
setting and display unit.
2 Display for ensuring safety
Warnings are output by the CNC system. When one of these warnings occurs, a warning number is output to the PLC and a
1 NC warning                  
description of the warning appears on the screen. Operation can be continued without taking further action.
The alarms are output by the CNC system. When one of these alarms occurs, an alarm number is output to the PLC, and a
2 NC alarm                  
description of the alarm appears on the screen. Operation cannot be continued without taking remedial action.
3 Operation stop cause                   The stop cause of automatic operation is shown on the display.
When the “EMG” (emergency stop) message is displayed in the operation status area of the display, the cause of the
4 Emergency stop cause                  
emergency stop can be confirmed.
5 Thermal detection                   When overheating is detected in the control unit, an overheat signal is output at the same time as the alarm is displayed.
6 Battery alarm/warning                   When it is time to change the batteries, an alarm and warning are displayed.
3 Protection
Limit switches and dogs are attached to the machine, and when a limit switch has kicked a dog, the movement of the
1 Stroke end (Over travel)                  

machine is stopped by the signal input from the limit switch.
2 Stored stroke limit
1 Stored stroke limit 1/2                  
2 Stored stroke limit 1B –         –         This function sets the areas prohibited for the tool to enter. There are multiple types of prohibitions according to the prohibited
3 Stored stroke limit 2B –         –         range and method.
4 Stored stroke limit 1C –         –        
By commanding, from the program, the boundary for prohibiting machine entry as a coordinate position in the machine
3 Stroke check before travel –         – – – – – – – – –
coordinate system, entry into the inner side of that boundary can be prohibited.
By limiting the tool nose point movement range, this function prevents the tool from colliding with the chuck or tail stock
4 Chuck/Tailstock barrier check – – – – – – – – –         
because of a programming error.
The machine movement will decelerate and stop as soon as the interlock signal, serving as the external input, is turned ON.
5 Interlock                  
When the interlock signal is turned OFF, the machine starts moving again.
This function reduces the feedrate to the deceleration speed set by the parameter when the external deceleration input signal
6 External deceleration                  
has been set to ON.
8 3D Machine Interference check – – – – – – –   – – – – – – – – – When a possible collision is detected in a machine model registered beforehand, the motor decelerates to a stop and avoids collision.
9 Door interlock
1 Door interlock 1                   Under the CE marking scheme of the European safety standards (machine directive), the opening of any protection doors
while a machine is moving is prohibited.
2 Door interlock 2                   When the door open signal is input from the PLC, this function first decelerates, stops all the control axes, establishes the
ready OFF status, and then shuts off the drive power inside the servo drive units so that the motors are no longer driven.
10 Parameter lock                   This function is used to prohibit the changing of machine parameters.
The edit lock function B or C inhibits machining program B or C (group by machining program numbers) from being edited or
11 Program protection (Edit lock B, C)                  
erased when these programs require protection.
This function allows the display of only a target program (label address 9000) to be disabled for the program display in the
12 Program display lock                  
monitor screen, etc.
The safety observation function ensures safe access to the machine's working parts (e.g. for adjustment or preparation)
13 Safety observation                  
without shutting off the power, which reduces the time required to restart the machine.
This function prevents the tool from breakage, through pulling up the cutting tool during emergency stop or instantaneous
14 Vertical axis pull-up                  
power interruption at low cutting speed.
4 Maintenance and troubleshooting
This is a maintenance function which is useful for tracing down the history and NC operation information and analyzing
1 Operation history                  
problems, etc. This information is saved in the history data file, and can be displayed on the screen and output to a file.
The NC data sampling function samples the NC internal data (speed output from NC to drive unit, and feedback data from
2 Data sampling                  
the drive unit, etc.). This data can be output as text data.
3 NC data backup                   The NC data back up function backs up the NC parameters, etc., on an HD or IC card. The data can also be restored.
5 Servo turning support tool
With this function, the servo parameters can be automatically adjusted by connecting the CNC and MS Configurator, which is
1 MS Configurator (Note 1) –         –        
an application that runs on a regular personal computer. (available for free download from the MITSUBISHI CNC website)
With this function, the servo parameters can be automatically adjusted by connecting the CNC and NC Analyzer, which is an
2 NC Analyzer (Note 2)                  
application that runs on a regular personal computer.
6 Automatic backup                   With this function, system data, ladder program and custom software can be automatically backed up in case of system failure.
7 System setup                   System setup function enables automatic settings for the NC's initial startup just by inputting the minimum required items.
Application error detection function observes applications such as MITSUBISHI standard screen or custom screen. When an
11 Application error detection – – – – – –    – – – – – –   
error such as screen lock is detected, this function saves information and data in the log to investigate the causes easily.
This software tool runs on a personal computer to perform maintenance (parameter setting, NC diagnosis, ladder diagnosis,
12 NC Maintainer (Note 3) – – – – – –    – – – – – –   
etc.) for the MITSUBISHI CNCs with customer-supplied display units.
13 Parameter setup support tool
This software tool runs on a personal computer to edit the NC data files required for NC control and machine operations such
1 NC Configurator2 (Note 4)                  
as parameters, tool data and common variables.
16 Drive system
1 Servo/Spindle
1 Feed axis
(Note 1) This tool is free of charge. Please contact us.
(Note 2) Please contact us to purchase this tool.
(Note 3) This function is an option. The separate software is required.
(Note 4) Please contact us to purchase a full function version. A limited function version is also available free of charge.
33 34

5 MDS-D2-V1/D2-V2/D2-V3 (200V)
1 Servo motor: HF-A48 (260kp/rev) –         –        
6 Servo motor: HF-KPJW04 (260kp/rev) –         –        
6 MDS-DH2-V1/DH2-V2 (400V)
2 Servo motor: HF-H-A51 (1000kp/rev) –         –        
3 Servo motor: HF-H-A74 (16000kp/rev) –         –        
7 MDS-DJ-V1(200V) CNC-dedicated drive units, spindle motors, and servo motors are used.
1 Servo motor: HF-A48 (260kp/rev)                  
3 Servo motor: HF-KPJW04 (260kp/rev)                  
8 MDS-DM2-SPV2/SPV3 (200V)
2 Spindle
6 MDS-D2-SP (200V) –         –        
7 MDS-DH2-SP (400V) –         –        
8 MDS-D2-SP2 (200V) –         –        
9 MDS-DJ-SP (200V)                  
10 MDS-DM2-SPV2/SPV3/SPHV3 (200V)                  
3 Auxiliary axis
1 Indexing/Positioning servo:MR-J2-CT – – – – – –    – – – – – –   

1 Servo motor: HC-SF/HC-RF (16kp/rev) – – – – – –    – – – – – –   
CNC-dedicated drive units, spindle motors, and servo motors are used.
2 Servo motor: HA-FF/HC-MF (8kp/rev) – – – – – –    – – – – – –   
4 Power supply
3 Power supply: MDS-D2-CV (200V) –         –        
4 Power supply: MDS-DH2-CV (400V) –         –        
5 AC reactor for power supply                  
6 Ground plate                  
17 Machine support functions
1 PLC
An exclusive sequence program that controls various signals between the controller and the machine to realize the
1 Built-in PLC processing mode                  
operations applicable to each machine can be created and built in.
2 PLC functions
            Basic commands (bit processing commands) : 43 commands including LD, LDI, OR, ORI, AND, ANI, OUT, PLS, etc.
1 Built-in PLC basic function    * Index * Index * Index * Index * Index * Index    * Index * Index * Index * Index * Index * Index Function commands : 188 commands including data transfer, 4 basic arithmetic operations, logic arithmetic operations, large/
qualification qualification qualification qualification qualification qualification qualification qualification qualification qualification qualification qualification
is available. is available. is available. is available. is available. is available. is available. is available. is available. is available. is available. is available. small identification, binary/BCD conversion, branching, conditional branching, decoding, encoding, etc.
PLC-dedicated instruction is provided for some limited applications, enabling a complex machining process, which is difficult
2 PLC exclusive instruction –         –        
to carry out only by the basic instructions and function instructions.
3 PLC support functions
The contents of the alarms which have occurred during sequence (user PLC) processing can be displayed on the setting and
1 Alarm message display                  
display unit.
When some conditions occur where you wish to inform a messages to the operator, an operator message can be displayed
2 Operator message display                  
separately from the alarm message.
3 Memory switch (PLC switch)
1 PLC switch 32 points                  
PLC switches can be set on the setting and display unit screen, and the ON/OFF control executed.
2 PLC switch 64 points – – –       – – –      
4 Load meter display                   A load meter can be displayed on the setting and display unit.
5 User PLC version display                   The user PLC version can be displayed in the software list on the Software Configuration screen.
6 Multi-ladder program register and execution                   This function stores and executes more than one sequence program.
7 Ladder program writing during RUN                   Ladder program can be edited while PLC is running.
8 PLC protection                   A keyword can be set to protect the sequence programs stored in the CNC.
4 Built-in PLC capacity
                 
1 Standard PLC capacity
8000 20000 32000 64000 64000 64000 64000 64000 64000 8000 20000 32000 64000 64000 64000 64000 64000 64000 In the program memory, it is possible to store the system area of parameters, intelligent function module parameters,
            sequence programs, device comments, and device initial values.
2 Large PLC capacity – – – – – –
128000 128000 128000 128000 128000 128000 128000 128000 128000 128000 128000 128000
The operation panel I/O unit or the remote I/O unit is selected based on the types of signals (sink/source) available for input
5 Machine contact input/output I/F                  
or output and the number of contacts required.
6 Ladder monitor                   This function enables the operating status of the sequence circuit to be checked on the controller's setting and display unit.
7 PLC development
On-board refers generically to the PLC related operations carried out with the CNC unit.
1 On-board development                   The Mitsubishi CNC on-board realizes functions and operations similar to the MELSEC Series ladder development tool (GX
Developer).
2 MELSEC development tool (GX Developer) (Need separate PC S/W)                   This function enables the data of the PLC contained inside the NC system to be developed and debugged using the GX Developer.
8 PLC parameter
1 PLC constant (150 points)                   The PLC constants set with the data type, and the bit selection parameters set with the bit types can be specified on the
2 PLC constant extension (Up to 755 points) – – –       – – –       screen as the parameters to use in the built-in PLC.
Pallet program function assists the machining setups as it allows machining programs to be registered for each pallet of the
10 Pallet program registration – – –       – – – – – – – – –
auto pallet changer.
11 Additional PLC engine – –  – – – – – – – –  – – – – – – This function improves the performance of processing PLC programs.
2 Machine construction
When the servo OFF signal (per axis) is input, the corresponding axis is set in the servo OFF state. When the moving axis is
1 Servo OFF                  
mechanically clamped, this function is designed to prevent the servo motor from being overloaded by the clamping force.
2 Axis detachment                   This function enables the control axis to be released from control.
The synchronous control is a control method whereby both primary and secondary axes are controlled with the same travel
3 Synchronous control –         –         command by designating the travel command for the primary axis also to the secondary axis. This function is assumed to be
used in such equipment as large machine tools, which drive one axis with two servo motors.
Even when the control axes in a machine are mounted at an angle other than 90 degrees, this function enables it to be
4 Inclined axis control – – – – – – – – –         
programmed and controlled in the same way as with an orthogonal axis.
35 36

Instead of a dog switch on a machine's axis, a hypothetical dog switch is established using a parameter to set a coordinate position to
5 Position switch  24  24  24  24  24  24  24  24  24  24  24  24  24  24  24  24  24  24
show the axis name and the hypothetical dog position. When the machine reaches the position, a signal is output to the PLC interface.
7 Index table indexing –         –         The indexing of the index table can be performed by setting the index axes.
8 Auxiliary axis control (J2-CT) – – – – – –    – – – – – –    The MR-J2-CT drive unit for positioning and indexing can be connected for auxiliary axis control.
(1) Changing the tool length compensation along the tool axis and compensation amount
Even if the tool axis direction is not the Z axis direction because the rotary axis is rotated, the tool can be compensated in
9 Tool length compensation along the tool axis – – – –   –   – – – – – – – – – the tool axis direction.
(2) Machine configuration
The tool length compensation along the tool axis is carried out in respect to the direction of the tool nose axis (rotary axis).
This function makes it possible to move the axis with the manual pulse generator in the tool axis direction, tool diameter
10 Tool handle feed & interruption – – – –   –   – – – – – – – – –
direction X and tool diameter direction Y in the hypothetical coordinate system over the tool axis.
The tool center coordinates, handle interrupt amount (tool axis movement) and tool center point speed are displayed during the
11 Tool center coordinate display – – – – –  – –  – – – – – – – – – tool center point control function, tool length compensation along the tool axis function, and tool handle feed & interrupt function
(tool axis direction handle feed, tool handle interrupt, tool diameter direction handle feed, nose center rotation handle feed).
This function controls so that the position command in a machining program is at the tool center point in the coordinate
12 Tool center point control – – – – –  – –  – – – – – – – – –
system (table coordinate system) which rotates together with the workpiece.
13 Inclined surface machining command – – –       – – – – – – – – – An arbitrary spatial plane defined with this function can be machined using normal program commands.
This function is to compensate the tool radius in a 5-axis machine with two rotary axes, in accordance with the change of the
14 Tool radius compensation for 5-axis machining – – –       – – – – – – – – –
workpiece direction and inclination of the tool due to the movement of the rotary axis.
This function is used for a 5-axis machine. This compensates the error when a workpiece is placed off the workpiece
15 Workpiece installation error compensation – – – – –  – –  – – – – – – – – –
coordinate system to enable machining according to the program.
By selecting the hypothetical coordinate system to be machined, the axis can be moved with manual feed (JOG, HANDLE or
16 Manual feed for 5-axis machining – – –       – – – – – – – – –
INCREMENTAL) in the coordinate system with this function.
17 R-Navi – – –       – – – – – – – – – This provides easy setup of index machining (multiple/inclined surface machining) using a rotary axis.
3 PLC operation
1 Arbitrary feed in manual mode                   This function enables the feed directions and feed rates of the control axes to be controlled using commands from the user PLC.

By specifying a hypothetical coordinate on the machine coordinate from the user PLC, oblique linear interpolation or circular
2 Circular feed in manual mode – – –       – – –      
interpolation is executed with jog/handle feed, manual rapid traverse or incremental feed of either X axis or Y axis.
3 PLC axis control                   This function allows independent axes to be controlled with PLC-based commands, separately from the NC control axes.
By setting positioning points (stations) in advance, positioning control can be performed simply by designating a positioning
5 PLC axis indexing                  
point No. (station No.).
4 PLC interface
Control commands to the CNC system are assigned from the PLC. Input signals with skip inputs that respond at high speed
1 CNC control signal                  
can also be used.
2 CNC status signal                   The status signals are output from the CNC system. They can be utilized by referencing them from the PLC.
This function uses the “read window” or “write window” assigned to the R register's user area to read and write the CNC
3 PLC window                  
operation status, axis information, parameters and tool data, etc.
This function enables searching of the program to automatically start from the PLC. The program No., block No. and
4 External search                  
sequence No. can be designated. In addition, the details of the search in progress can be read.
5 Machine contact I/O
1 Additional DI/DO (DI:32/DO:32)                   The number of DI/DO points that can be equipped on the machine operation panel is 64/64 as standard, and 96/96 at
2 Additional DI/DO (DI:64/DO:64)                   maximum.
3 Remote I/O 32/32                   The remote I/O unit equipped with the maximum number of DI/DO points is the one with 64 points for DI and 48 points for
4 Remote I/O 64/48                   DO. Multiple remote I/O units can be used as long as the total number of occupied stations is eight or less.
It is a machine operation panel supplied by Mitsubishi. Its keyboard layout can be changed according to the specifications of
5 MITSUBISHI CNC machine operation panel                  
the machine.
6 External PLC link
               
3 CC-Link (Master/Slave) – – NC unit can be directly connected to the network to serve as the master/local station of the MELSEC CC-Link.
(HN746) (HN746) (HN746) (HN746) (HN746) (HN576/HN577) (HN576/HN577) (HN576/HN577) (HN746) (HN746) (HN746) (HN746) (HN746) (HN576/HN577) (HN576/HN577) (HN576/HN577)
     
4 PROFIBUS-DP (Master) – – – – – – – – – – – – The slave stations that support the PROFIBUS-DP communication can be connected to input/output device.
(HN571) (HN571) (HN571) (HN571) (HN571) (HN571)
     
5 DeviceNet (Master) – – – – – – – – – – – –
(HN747) (HN747) (HN747) (HN747) (HN747) (HN747)
MELSEC-Q series I/O intelligent function unit can be connected with NC.
     
6 FL-net – – – – – – – – – – – –
(HN747) (HN747) (HN747) (HN747) (HN747) (HN747)
7 Installing S/W for machine tools
1 Customization (NC Designer) (Note 2)                  
3 3 Depending Depending Depending 3 3 Depending Depending Depending
1 Customization data storage capacity [MByte] 1 6 6 6 6 6 on hard on hard on hard 1 6 6 6 6 6 on hard on hard on hard It is an optional function that allows a user-created screen or window to be displayed as an HMI screen or another application
(HN754) (HN754) disk space disk space disk space (HN754) (HN754) disk space disk space disk space on the screen.
2 Customization workpiece data size [MByte] 1 3 3 6 6 6 6 6 6 1 3 3 6 6 6 6 6 6
2 User-defined key – – –       – – –       This function allows an arbitrary character string to be assigned to a key and makes it easy to input a typical character string.
3 EZSocket I/F (Note 2)                   This middleware makes it easy to develop applications having the Windows interface.
APLC (Advanced Programmable Logic Controller) release is a function that allows the user-generated C language module to
4 APLC release (Note 2)                   be called from the NC.
Control operations that are difficult to express in a sequence program can be created with the C language.
8 Others
1 System lock                   This function locks the operations of the NC if the release code is not entered before the specified time limit.
2 CNC Remote Operation Tool
1 NC Monitor (Note 2) –         –         NC Monitor is a PC software tool that monitors information in the NC unit connected with the Ethernet.
NC Explorer is a software tool to operate the machining data files of each NC unit connected with a host personal computer
2 NC Explorer (Note 1) –         –        
by Ethernet connection from the Explorer on the host personal computer.
3 Automatic operation lock –         –         Automatic operation lock function prevents the falsification of APLC (C language module) by a third party.
(Note 1) This tool is free of charge. Please contact us.
(Note 2) Please contact us to purchase this tool.
37 38
Drive system Drive unit outline
Servo Motors Drive Units
 HF Series  HF-KP Series  High-performance Servo/Spindle Drive Units  Multi-hybrid Drive Units
• Medium-inertia, high-accuracy and • Small-capacity, low-inertia motors MDS-D2/DH2 Series MDS-DM2 Series
high-speed motors • Suitable for an auxiliary axis that • With the fastest current control cycle, basic performance is • A line of high-performance multi-hybrid drive
•Drive units
• High-inertia machine accuracy is require high-speed positioning •Spindle motors
drastically enhanced (high-gain control). A combination of units are available. The multi-hybrid drive unit.
ensured. Suitable for machines • Range: 0.1 to 0.75[kW]
requiring quick acceleration. • Maximum speed: 6,000 [r/min]
high-speed servo motor and high-accuracy detector helps High-output, High-speed Low-inertia, High-speed
• drives a maximum of three servo axes and one
enhance overall drive performance. spindle, supporting the ownsizing of units and
• Range: 0.5 to 9 [kW] • Supports a detector with a resolution • High-speed optical communication enables a shorter position
Spindle Motors Spindle Motors
offering technical advantages.
• Maximum speed: 4,000 or 5,000 [r/min] of 260,000p/rev. interpolation cycle and direct communication between drives, SJ-DG Series SJ-DL Series
• A power regeneration system that effi ciently uses
• Supports three types of detectors with a promoting further high-speed and high-accuracy machining. energy during deceleration as power contributes
resolution of 260,000, 1 million or 16 • A high-effi ciency fi n and low-loss power module have enabled •Addition of S3 rating (%ED rating) has improvedacceleration/
to highly-frequent •This series of spindle
deceleration andmotors is dedicated to use in
million p/rev. unit downsizing. A line of drive units driving a maximum of output and torque acceleration/deceleration
energy savings. tapping machines that require faster drilling and
 Direct Drive Servo Motor TM-RB Series two spindles is available, contributing to a reduction in controlcharacteristics. tapping.
• STO (safe torque off) is now available. (Note)
• High-torque direct-drive combined motor panel size. •Balance adjustment ring added to the counter-load •The latest design technologies have made it
with a high-gain control system • STO (safe torque off) is now available. (Note) side for fine tuning. possible to attain lower vibration and greater rigidity
 Linear Servo Motor LM-F Series •Range: even with the lighter weight.
provides quick acceleration and
• Use in clean environments is possible since positioning, which makes rotation S3 rating: 5.5 to 15 [kW] •Range: 0.75 to 7.5 [kW]
no ball screws are used and therefore smoother. •Maximum speed: 10,000 to 12,000 [r/min] •Maximum speed: 10,000 to 24,000 [r/min]
contamination from grease is not an issue. • Suitable for a rotary axis that drives a
• Elimination of transmission mechanisms which table or spindle head.  All-in-one compact drive units MDS-DJ Series
include backlash, enables smooth and quiet • Compared with a conventional rotary • Ultra-compact drive units with built-in power supplies
High-performance
operation even at high speeds. Servo/ Multi-hybrid All-in-one
axis with a deceleration gear, this PWM Converter High-performance
contribute to reducing control panel size. The 2-axis typeHigh-torque
is Compact, Lightweight
Spindle Drive Units
• Dimensions: Drive Units Compact
motor has Drive Units and is
higher accuracy MDS-EX-CVP Series Spindle
added Motors
for further downsizing. Spindle Motors Spindle Motors
Length: 290 to 1,010 [mm] maintenance-free, having no wear or • High-speed optical communication enables a shorter position
MDS-E/EH Series
Width: 120 to 240 [mm]
MDS-EM/EMH Series MDS-EJ/EJH Series SJ-D Series SJ-DN Series SJ-DJ Series
backlash. interpolation cycle and direct communication between drives, (Note) Please contact us for availability of STO as a whole system.
•The servo control-dedicated core •The multi-hybrid drive units are • Ul• Range:
tr a- co m pa ct d ri ve un its w it h •Product of the PWM converter series promoting
•Motor further
energy high-speed andsignificantly
loss has been high-accuracy machining.•Higher torque characteristics than those of SJ-D
reduced •Spindle motors that are smaller and lighter than
processor realizes improved control capable of driving a maximum of Maximum
built-in powertorque:
supplies36contribute
to 1,280 [N·m]
to which has a stabilizing DC voltage • A high-effi ciency fithe
by optimizing n and low-loss power module have enabled
magnetic circuit. series with the same output. This series has made those of SJ-D series with the same output. This
speed, leading to enhanced basic three servo axes and one spindle. smaller control panel size. function and boost function. unit•High-speed
downsizing, which also are
bearings leads to a reduction
incorporated as in
a control
it possible to drive with the small-capacity helps to further downsize machines.
performance. When combined with a This contributes to the downsizing of •The 2-axis type is added for further MDS-EX-CVP series reduces the panel size. feature, helping to achieve higher speed,
standard multi-hybrid drive unit. •Range: 5.5 to 15 [kW]
higher resolution motor sensor and m a c h i n e s a n d o ff e r s t e c h n i c a l downsizing. output deceleration of the spindle • STO (safe torque off) is now available. (Note)
lower vibration and improved durability. •Suitable for heavy cutting. This helps to improve •Maximum speed: 8,000 to 12,000 [r/min]

advanced high-speed optical advantages. •The servo control-dedicated core motor and improves output in the •Range: 3.7 to 26 [kW] productivity.
Spindle Motors
communication, this drive contributes •The motor power connector is processor realizes an increase in high-speed range. •Maximum speed: 8,000 to 12,000 [r/min] •Range: 7.5 to 18.5 [kW]
to high-speed, high-accuracy control. equipped with an anti-misinsertion control speed, leading to improved •Only 400V system power supply unit •Maximum speed: 8,000 [r/min]
•The motor power connector is mechanism. This helps to eliminate basic performance. When combined is available. High-output high-torque
 High-performance New Type Spindle
equipped with an anti-misinsertion connectionMotor SJ-D Series
errors.  High-performance
with Spindle Motor SJ-V Series
a higher resolution motor sensor
mechanism. Thishas
helps to eliminate IPM spindle motor
• Motor energy loss been significantly •Safe Torque Off (STO) and Safe and enhanced high-speed optical
• A vast range of spindle motors is available, including
connection errors.
reduced by optimizing the magnetic circuit.
Brake Control (SBC) are also communication, this drive contributes
standard, high-speed and wide-range output units, SJ-DM Series
•Improved diagnostic and incorporated as additional safety to high-speed, high-accuracy control.
• High-speed-specification bearings are all ready to support diversified machine tool needs.
preventive-maintenance features features. •Safe Torque Off (STO) and Safe •The use of magnets allows for a higher output and
equipped as standard, achieving higher- • Product line:
•Safe Torque Off (STO) and Safe •Fan unit contributes to easier fan Brake Control (SBC) are also torque, leading to a reduced cycle time.
speed, lower vibration and improved Normal SJ-V Series 0.75 to 55 [kW]
Brake Control (SBC) are also exchange incorporated as additional safety •SJ-DM Series can provide torque characteristics
durability.
incorporated as additional safety •MDS-EMH 400V system drive unit is Wide-range constant output
features. comparable to the former SJ-D Series of the next
• Product line:
features. available. •MDS-EJH 400V system SJ-V Series
drive unit is5.5 to 18.5 [kW] frame number.
Normal SJ-D Series 3.7 to 11 [kW] High-speed
available (Note 1). SJ-V-Z Series 2.2 to 22 [kW] •Maximum rotation speed: 12,000 [r/min]
Compact & light SJ-DJ Series 5.5 to 15 [kW] Hollow-shaft SJ-VS Series 5.5 to 18.5 [kW]
•Servo motors
 Low-inertia, High-speed New Type  Low-inertia, High-speed Spindle Motor SJ-VL Series
Spindle Motor SJ-DL Series • The spindle dedicated to tapping machines
• Tapping machine-dedicated spindle requiring faster drilling and tapping.
motors have joined the new spindle motor • The low-inertia reduces acceleration/
line SJ-D Series in an effort to speed up deceleration time, resulting in higher
drilling and tapping. productivity. In addition, when driven by
• Our cutting-edge design technologies a multi-hybrid drive (MDS-DM2 Series),
have brought forth higher rigidity and this motor contributes to downsizing of the
lower vibration of motor despite its light cabinet, and energy savings.
weight. • Hollow-shaft specifications are also
• The low-inertia reduces acceleration/ available.
deceleration time, resulting in higher • Product line:
productivity. Low-inertia normal SJ-VL Series 3.0 to 11 [kW]
Medium-inertia, High-accuracy,
• Product line: Linear Low-inertia hollow shaft Direct-drive
SJ-VLS Series 3.7 to 11 [kW] Built-in Tool Spindle Motors
Low-inertia SJ-DL Series 0.75 to 7.5 [kW]
High-speed Motors Servo Motors Servo Motors Spindle Motors HG-JR Series
HG Series LM-F Series TM-RB Series SJ-BG Series
 Tool Spindle Motor HF-KP/HF-SP Series
•Sensor resolution has been significantly improved. •Use in clean environments is possible since no ball •High-torque, direct-drive motors combined with
• Taking advantage of the characteristics of a servo •The electrical design has been optimized to •Compact tool spindle motors are designed to have
 Built-in
The servo Spindle Motor
motors, which boast smooth rotation s c r e w s a r e u s e d , e l i m i nmotor
a t i n g such
p o s sas
i b smallness
le high-gain control provide
and high-output, this quick acceleration and increase the continuous rated torque per unit the small, high-output characteristics of servo
and outstanding acceleration capabilities, are contamination from grease. motor serves as a compact positioning, which makes
and high-output spindlerotation smoother. volume, contributing to the downsizing of spindle motors yet offer high-speed rotation (8,000r/min).
• Electricity loss is minimized by providing
well-suited to serve as feed axes of machine tools. •Elimination of transmission mechanisms, motor which including
is capable •Suitable for rotaryrotation
of high-speed axes that drive tables or spindle units. These motors contribute to downsizing spindle
better efficiency
0.2 toduring
11 [kW]high-speed rotation. backlash, enables smooth, quiet operation even
•Range: (6,000r/min). Thisatmotor heads
contributes to downsizing •Options for mold specification and cooling jacket size, like rotary tool spindles.
• Stator coil-end size has been reduced,
•Maximum rotation speed: high speeds. •Range: specification are prepared. •Range: 0.75 to 1.5 [kW]
of spindles, such as the rotary tool spindle.
realizing
2,000atoshorter
6,000overall
[r/min] motor length. •Range: Maximum torque: 36 to 1,280 [N·m] •Maximum rotation speed: 8,000 [r/min]
• Product line:
• As feedback communication is serial, the
•Safety support sensors are included as standard Maximum thrust: 900 to 18,000Small [N·m]capacity •Small-sized connector allows horizontal cable
HF-KP Series 0.4 to 0.9 [kW]
resolution is signifiSensor
specification. cantly enhanced
connectors are screw-locked connection, which helps to save space in
Medium capacity HF-SP Series 2.2 to 4 [kW]
(Max. 4 million
and p/rev)
have enhanced vibration resistance. Three machines. (Note 2)
• The adjustment PCB has been eliminated to
sensor resolutions (i.e., 1, 4 or 67 million pulses/rev)
achieve adjustment-free conditions. The
are available.
•This can
standard gapalso
hasbe beenused as a tool
reduced to spindle
0.3mm.motor.
•Small-sized connector allows horizontal cable (Note 1) For servo motors only
connection, which helps to save space in (Note 2) Options supported (Flange size 90SQ only)
machines. (Note 2) * Use Mitsubishi Electric CNC's dedicated drive unit and motor.
1
39 2
40
Drive system System configuration
MDS-D2/DH2 Series MDS-DM2 Series
MDS-D2 Series:
3-phase 200VAC power supply 24V stabilized power supply <Option battery>
MDS-DH2 Series: (Note) Prepared by user. Power

1-axis 2-axis Spindle Power supply connector
DOCOM
DO(ALM)
3-phase 400VAC power supply

LG
servo drive unit servo drive unit drive unit unit CN22
+5V
LG
BT
(MDS-D2/DH2-V1) (MDS-D2/DH2-V2) (MDS-D2/DH2-SP) (MDS-D2/DH2-CV) Option unit

CN9A
CN9B Battery box
Optical (MDS-BTBOX-36)
< Power backup unit >
From NC communication
cable Power supply
communication CN41
cable Circuit protector From NC RA circuit for motor brake
OPT1A
(Note) Prepared by user.
Optical
(Note) Prepared Optical communication
communication CN4 cable
cable by user.
CN2 CN2 CN24
CN20 CN2SP
CN2L (MDS-D/DH-PFU) <Built in cell battery>
For external Detector conversion unit
CN3L emergency CN3SP
stop (MDS-B-HR)
Brake
CN2M AC reactor Servo detector cable CN2L
<Spindle side detector cable>

connector
CN3 CN3M
CN3 CN23 (D/DH-AL) <MDS-B-HR unit cable> CN3L
CN2M
CN2S
<Motor side PLG cable>

> CN3M
L+
Spindle detector cable

To servo for Cell battery built in drive unit
L-
Mitsubishi serial signal output

M/S-axis (ER6V-C119B)
ABZ SIN wave signal output

CN3S
Contactor
BTA
(Note) Prepared BT1
Circuit protector or by user.

protection fuse
(Note) Prepared by user. Linear scale cable
for M/S-axis (Note) Prepared by user.
(*Only connector is supplied)
connector
<Motor side detector cable>
Power
Servo detector cable
Power Power <Linear scale cable> (Note) Prepared by user.
Brake cable
To 2nd

connector connector To servo for
axis servo Contactor control output Servo detector cable M/S-axis Spindle side
<Linear scale cable for MDS-B-HR> Linear scale detector

< Built in cell battery > (Note) Prepared by user.
To 3rd (for full closed loop control) Power cable
axis servo Battery cable Cell battery built in (*Only connector
is supplied)
drive unit
(ER6V-C119B)
Power cable RA circuit for contactor drive
To brake control (Only connector is supplied.) (Note) Prepared by user.
<Option battery>
Battery case Servomotor
(MDS-BTCASE+A6BAT)
Spindle detector cable -BTCASE+A6BAT)
Spindle motor
< Motor side PLG cable >
Battery unit
(MDS-BTBOX-36) 3-phase 200VAC
power supply
Built in cell battery Circuit protector AC reactor Contactor
< Spindle side detector cable > Spindle motor for servo drive unit (Note) Prepared (D-AL-18.5K) (Note) Prepared
or by user. by user.
option battery
Brake connector
Power cable (Only connector is supplied.)
Power connector
Brake cable (Only connector is supplied.)
Servo detector cable Spindle side detector
< Motor side detector cable >
Brake connector
Power connector
Servomotor
Servo detector cable ABZ SIN wave signal output

<MDS-B-HR unit cable >
Detector conversion unit < Linear scale cable for MDS-B-HR >
(MDS-B-HR) (Note) Prepared by user.
Mitsubishi serial signal output
< Linear scale cable> (Note) Prepared by user.

Ball screw side detector Linear scale
< Ball screw side detector cable >
(for full closed loop control)
3
41 4
42
Drive system System configuration Drive system Specifications
MDS-DJ Series Servo / Spindle specifications
<Servo specification>
MDS-DM2
3-phase Function name MDS-D2-V1/V2/V3 MDS-DH2-V1/V2 MDS-DJ-V1 MDS-DJ-V2
200 to 230VAC -SPV2/3, SPHV3
L1 Software Version A5 A5 A5 A5 A5
L2
L3 1.1 Full closed loop control     –
Circuit
Circuit protector Circuit Circuit protector Circuit Circuit protector Circuit Circuit protector 1.2 Position command synchronous control     
protector protector protector protector (Note) 1 Base control functions
or (Note)
or
(Note)
or
(Note)
or Prepared by user
1.3 Speed command synchronous control  (Note 2)  – – –
Prepared by user Prepared by user Prepared by user
fuse fuse fuse fuse 1.4 Distance-coded reference position control     –
(Note) Contactor (Note) Contactor (Note) Contactor (Note) Contactor 2.1 Torque limit function (stopper function)     
Prepared (Note) Prepared (Note) Prepared (Note) Prepared (Note)
by user Prepared by user by user Prepared by user by user Prepared by user by user Prepared by user 2.2 Variable speed loop gain control     
2.3 Gain changeover for synchronous tapping control     
Servo Servo Spindle Spindle
drive unit drive unit
2.4 Speed loop PID changeover control     
(MDS-DJ-V1) Option L1 L2 L3 (MDS-DJ-V2) (MDS-DJ-SP) L1 L2 L3 (MDS-DJ-SP2) 2.5 Disturbance torque observer     
Option 2 Servo control function
2.6 Smooth High Gain control (SHG control)     
L1L2 L3 Regene- L1 L2 L3 Regene- 2.7 High-speed synchronous tapping control (OMR-DD control)     
CNP3M CNP3L CNP2 CNP1

CNP3M CNP3L CNP2 CNP1
Regene- rative Regene- rative
rative resistor rative resistor 2.8 Dual feedback control     –
CNP3 CNP2 CNP1

CNP3 CNP2 CNP1
resistor resistor 2.9 HAS control     

L11 L11 CN1A
P CN1A P 2.10 OMR-FF control     
CN1A L21 CN1A L21
L11 C From NC CN1B L11 C 3.1 Jitter compensation     
L21 CN1B L21 CN1B CN2L Variable frequency: 4 Variable frequency: 4 Variable frequency: 4 Variable frequency: 4 Variable frequency: 4
UVW CN2L UVW 3.2 Notch filter
CN2 Fixed frequency: 1 Fixed frequency: 1 Fixed frequency: 1 Fixed frequency: 1 Fixed frequency: 1
CN2 UVW U VW 3.3 Adaptive tracking-type notch filter     
UVW CN2M UVW CN2M 3 Compensation control
3.4 Overshooting compensation     
CN3 BAT CN3 function
BAT 3.5 Machine end compensation control     
3.6 Lost motion compensation type 2     
To 2nd To 3rd To 5th To 6th
4.1 Deceleration control at emergency stop     
axis servo axis servo axis spindle axis spindle 4.2 Vertical axis drop prevention/pull-up control     
4.3 Earth fault detection     
To servo detector To spindle detector
4 Protection function 4.4 Collision detection function     
(Note) As for 2-axis drive unit, machine side 4.5 SLS (Safely Limited Speed) function     
detector connection is not available. (Note) As for 2-axis drive unit, machine side
detector connection is not available. 4.6 Fan stop detection     
4.9 STO (Safe Torque Off) function     
5.2 Motor brake control function (Note 1)     
5 Sequence function 5.4 Specified speed output    – –
5.5 Quick READY ON sequence    – –

6.1 Monitor output function     
Drive system Specifications

6 Diagnosis function 6.2 Machine resonance frequency display function     
6.3 Machine inertia display function     
(Note 1) For the multiaxis drive unit, a control by each axis is not available.
Servo motor Spindle motor It is required to turn the servo of all axes OFF in the drive unit in order to enable a motor brake output.
(Note 2) Always set L-axis as primary axis and M-axis as secondary axis for the speed command synchronous control using MDS-D2-V3.
Other settings cause the initial parameter error alarm.
Mitsubishi serial signal output Servo detector cable
< MDS-B-HR unit cable >
ABZ SIN wave signal output
Spindle side detector

< Linear scale cable Detector conversion unit <Spindle specification>
for MDS-B-HR > (MDS-B-HR)
MDS-DM2
(Note) Prepared by user. Function name MDS-D2-SP MDS-DH2-SP MDS-D2-SP2 MDS-DJ-SP MDS-DJ-SP2
-SPV2/3, SPHV3
Linear scale Software Version A4 A4 A4 A4 A4 A4
1.1 Full closed loop control      –
1.5 Spindle’s continuous position loop control      
1.6 Coil changeover control   –  – –
1.7 Gear changeover control      
1.8 Orientation control      
1 Base control functions
1.9 Indexing control      
1.10 Synchronous tapping control      
1.11 Spindle synchronous control      
1.12 Spindle/C axis control      
1.13 Proximity switch orientation control   –   –
2.1 Torque limit function      
2.2 Variable speed loop gain control      
2.5 Disturbance torque observer      
2.6 Smooth High Gain control (SHG control)      
2 Spindle control
2.7 High-speed synchronous tapping control (OMR-DD control)      
functions
2.8 Dual feedback control      –
2.11 Control loop gain changeover      
2.12 Spindle output stabilizing control      
2.13 High-response spindle acceleration/deceleration function      
3.1 Jitter compensation      
Variable frequency: 4 Variable frequency: 4 Variable frequency: 4 Variable frequency: 4 Variable frequency: 4 Variable frequency: 4
3.2 Notch filter
Fixed frequency: 1 Fixed frequency: 1 Fixed frequency: 1 Fixed frequency: 1 Fixed frequency: 1 Fixed frequency: 1
3 Compensation control
3.3 Adaptive tracking-type notch filter      
function
3.4 Overshooting compensation      
3.6 Lost motion compensation type 2      
3.9 Spindle motor temperature compensation function      
4.1 Deceleration control at emergency stop      
4.3 Earth fault detection      
4 Protection function 4.5 SLS (Safely Limited Speed) function      
4.6 Fan stop detection      
4.9 STO (Safe Torque Off) function      
5.4 Specified speed output     – –
5 Sequence function
5.5 Quick READY ON sequence     – –
6.1 Monitor output function      
6.2 Machine resonance frequency display function      
6.3 Machine inertia display function      
6 Diagnosis function
6.4 Motor temperature display function      
6.5 Load monitor output function      
6.6 Open loop control function      
5
43 6
44
Drive system Specifications Drive system Type
Power Supply specification 200V HF servo motor
<Power Supply specification> <HF Series> <HF-KP Series>

MDS-DM2-
MDS-DJ-V1/V2 MDS-DJ-SP/SP2
Function name MDS-D2-CV MDS-DH2-CV SPV2/3,SPHV3
built-in converter built-in converter HF q w e – r HF-KP13 w J-S17
built-in converter
Software Version A3 A3 A1 A5 A4
1.14 Power regeneration control    – – qRated output and maximum rotation speed
1 Base control functions
1.15 Resistor regeneration control – – –   Symbol Rated output Max. rotation speed Flange size (mm) Rated output Max. rotation speed Flange size (mm)
4.6 Fan stop detection      75 0.75 kW 5000 r/min 90 SQ. 0.1 kW 6000 r/min 40 SQ.
4.7 Open-phase detection    – –
105 1.0 kW 5000 r/min 90 SQ. * The motor-end detector has absolute position specifications,
4 Protection function 4.8 Contactor weld detection     
but is not equipped with the capacitor for data backup.
4.10 Deceleration and stop function at power 54 0.5 kW 4000 r/min 130 SQ.
  – – – Thus, absolute position is lost immediately after disconnection
failure (Note) 104 1.0 kW 4000 r/min 130 SQ. of the detector cable.
5.1 Contactor control function     
5 Sequence function 5.3 External emergency stop function      154 1.5 kW 4000 r/min 130 SQ.
5.5 High-speed ready ON sequence    – – 224 2.2 kW 4000 r/min 130 SQ.
6 Diagnosis function 6.7 Power supply diagnosis display function    – – 204 2.0 kW 4000 r/min 176 SQ.
(Note) The power backup unit and resistor unit option are required. HF-KP q w JW04-S6
354 3.5 kW 4000 r/min 176 SQ.
123 1.2 kW 3000 r/min 130 SQ. qRated output and maximum rotation speed
223 2.2 kW 3000 r/min 130 SQ. Symbol Rated output Max. rotation speed Flange size (mm)
303 3.0 kW 3000 r/min 176 SQ. 23 0.2 kW 6000 r/min 60 SQ.
MITSUBISHI CNC DRIVE SYSTEM LINES 453 4.5 kW 3500 r/min 176 SQ. 43 0.4 kW 6000 r/min 60 SQ.
Drive unit to realize complete nano control MDS-DH2 Series (400V) 903 9.0 kW 3000 r/min 204 SQ.
142 1.4 kW 2000 r/min 130 SQ. wMagnetic brake
SPINDLE 302 3.0 kW 2000 r/min 176 SQ. Symbol Magnetic brake
2.2kW 55kW None None
wMagnetic brake eShaft end structure B With magnetic brake
SERVO Symbol Magnetic brake Symbol Shaft end structure
0.5kW 15kW None None S Straight eDetector
B With magnetic brake T Taper Symbol Detection method Detector resolution
MDS-D2 Series (200V) (Note) “Taper” is available for
Absolute
the motor whose flange None 260,000 p/rev
position
SPINDLE size is 90 SQ. mm or
Drive system Specifications
130 SQ. mm. (Note) The detector for HF-KP Series is fixed.
0.75kW 55kW
Drive system Type

rDetector
SERVO
Symbol Detection method Detector resolution
0.2kW 11kW
A48 260,000 p/rev
Absolute
A51 1,000,000 p/rev
position
Multi-hybrid drive unit MDS-DM2 Series (servo+spindle) A74/A74N 16,000,000 p/rev
* A74 falls under the Export Trade Control Ordinance and Foreign Trade Ordinance.
SPINDLE
5.5kW 15kW
SERVO 200V Direct-drive motor

0.5kW 4.5kW
<TM-RB Series> qRated torque wStator dimensions eRated rotation speed

Symbol Rated torque Symbol Dimension Symbol Speed
Compact drive unit MDS-DJ Series Primary side [coil side] 012 12 N · m C DIA 130 mm 10 100 r/min
036 36 N · m E DIA 180 mm 20 200 r/min
SPINDLE TM-RBP q w e
048 48 N · m G DIA 230 mm
2.2kW 11kW
105 105 N · m J DIA 330 mm
Secondary side [magnet side]
SERVO 150 150 N · m
0.1kW 3.5kW TM-RBS q w e 340 340 N · m
500 500 N · m
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 1.0 2.0 3.0 5.0 10 20 30 50 100 (kW)
Compatible motors’ rated capacity

200V Linear servo motor
<LM-F Series>
Primary side [coil side] LM-FP q w – e M-1WW0 Secondary side [magnet side] LM-FS q 0- w -1WW0
qWidth wLength eRated thrust qWidth wLength

Symbol Width (nominal) Symbol Length (nominal) Symbol Rated thrust Symbol Width (nominal) Symbol Length (nominal)
2 120 mm B 290 mm 06 600 N 2 120 mm 480 480 mm
4 200 mm D 530 mm 12 1200 N 4 200 mm 576 576 mm
5 240 mm F 770 mm 18 1800 N 5 240 mm
H 1010 mm 24 2400 N
36 3600 N
48 4800 N
60 6000 N
7
45 8
46
Drive system Type
200V SJ-D spindle motor 200V Tool spindle motor
<SJ-D Series (for 200V)> SJ-D q w / e – r t – y <HF-KP Series> <HF-SP Series>

qMotor Series wShort-time (or %ED) rated output eMaximum rotation speed tDetector yOption (Note) HF-KP q J w W09 HF-SP q J w W09
Symbol Motor Series Symbol Short-time rated output Indicates the hundreds place Symbol Type Symbol Option
and higher order digits. qRated output · Maximum rotation speed qRated output · Maximum rotation speed
None Normal specifications 0.75 0.75 kW None Type 1 Standard (flange type, without oil seal, without key,
None Symbol Rated output Maximum rotation speed Flange size (mm) Symbol Rated output Maximum rotation speed Flange size (mm)
Compact & lightweight 1.5 1.5 kW T Type 2 coil changeover unavailable, air-cooling, solid shaft)
J 46 0.4 kW 6000 r/min 60 SQ. 226 2.2 kW 6000 r/min 130 SQ.
specifications 3.7 3.7 kW rSpecification code C With key
5.5 5.5 kW Indicates a specification J Oil seal
Low-inertia 96 0.9 kW 6000 r/min 80 SQ.
L code (01 to 99).
specifications 7.5 7.5 kW S Hollow shaft
11 11 kW X Reversed cooling air wOption wOption
15 15 kW (Note) If more than one option is included, Symbol Option Symbol Option
the symbols are in alphabetical order.
None Without keyway None Without keyway
K With keyway (with key) K With keyway (without key)
200V SJ-V spindle motor

<HF Series>
<SJ-V/VL Series> SJ- q w e r – t y T
qMotor Series rShort-time rated output (Normal specification) tSpecification code
HF q w – e
Symbol Motor Series Symbol Short-time rated output qRated output · Maximum rotation speed wShaft end structure
The SJ-V/VLSeries is
V Medium inertia Series 0.75 0.75 kW indicated with a specification Symbol Rated output Maximum rotation speed Flange size (mm) Symbol Shaft end structure
VL Low inertia Series 1.5 1.5 kW code (01 to 99). 75 0.75 kW 4000 r/min 90 SQ. S Straight
2.2 2.2 kW 105 1.0 kW 4000 r/min 90 SQ.
wCoil changeover 3.7 3.7 kW ySpecial specifications 54 0.5 kW 3000 r/min 130 SQ. eDetector
Symbol Coil changeover 5.5 5.5 kW Symbol Special specifications 104 1.0 kW 3000 r/min 130 SQ. Symbol Resolution
None Unavailable 7.5 7.5 kW None Standard 154 1.5 kW 3000 r/min 130 SQ. A48 260,000 p/rev
K Available 11 11 kW Z High-speed bearing 224 2.2 kW 3000 r/min 130 SQ. (Note) Detector A51 and A74N can
not be used with the tool
15 15 kW High-speed bearing 204 2.0 kW 3000 r/min 176 SQ.
FZ spindle motor.
eShaft configuration 18.5 18.5 kW front-lock 354 3.5 kW 3000 r/min 176 SQ.
Symbol Shaft configuration 22 22 kW 123 1.2 kW 2000 r/min 130 SQ.
None Standard 26 26 kW 223 2.2 kW 2000 r/min 130 SQ.
Drive system Type
Drive system Type

S Hollow shaft 37 37 kW 303 3.0 kW 2000 r/min 176 SQ.
45 45 kW 453 4.5 kW 3000 r/min 176 SQ.
55 55 kW 703 7.0 kW 3000 r/min 176 SQ.
903 9.0 kW 3000 r/min 204 SQ.
200V Built-in spindle motor
<SJ-B Series> SJ- q B w e r t y

qVoltage eMotor size rSpecification code
Symbol Voltage Symbol Stator outline Specification code (01 to 99)
2 200V 0 f 110
4 400V 1 f 128 tOverheat protection sensor
* 400V is available by special order. 2 f 160 Symbol Overheat protection sensor
3 f 180 T Thermistor
wNumber of poles 4 f 210
Symbol Number of poles 5 f 230 yCoil changeover
2 2 poles 6 f 255 Symbol Coil changeover
4 4 poles 7 f 300 None Unavailable
6 6 poles 9 f 370 D Available (D-2//D)
A f 90 K Available ( -D)
B f 115
Stator outline (frame No.) is
indicated with 0 to 9, A, B.
<SJ-PMB Series> SJ- q PMB w e r – t

qVoltage wContinuous rated torque rOverheat protection sensor
Symbol Voltage Indicates with 3 digits. Symbol Overheat protection sensor
For 1000 [N · m] or more (for 9999 [N · m] or less), the upper digit is indicated
None 200V by alphabetic character and the others are indicated by the carried number. T Thermistor
4 400V Example) 020 : 20 [N · m] A55 : 1550 [N · m]
* 400V is available by special order.
eBase rotation speed tDesign management No.
Indicates the thousands and the hundreds places (the ten places are rounded off.) Indicates with 2 digits number or alphabetic characters
Example) 03 : 250 to 349 [r/min] 15 : 1450 to 1549 [r/min] Example) 00, A1
(Note) This explains the model name system of a spindle motor, and all combinations of motor types listed above do not exist.
9
47 10
48
Drive system Type Drive system Servo motor 200V HF Series
400V HF-H servo motor HF Series

Motor type HF-KP13  J-S17 HF-KP23  JW04-S6 HF-KP43  JW04-S6 HF-KP73  JW04-S6 HF75 HF105
<HF-H Series> 1-axis type MDS-D2-V1- − 20 20 20 20 20
2020 2020 2020 2020 2020
2-axis type MDS-D2-V2- −
4020 (M) 4020 (M) 4020 (M) 4020 (M) 4020 (M)
HF-H q w e – r
Compatible 202020 202020
3-axis type MDS-D2-V3- − 202020 202020 202020
drive unit 404040 404040
qRated output · Maximum rotation speed wMagnetic brakes rDetector
Multi axis SPV2- − − − − − −
Symbol Rated output Maximum rotation speed Flange size (mm) Symbol Magnetic brakes Symbol Detector Resolution MDS-DM2-
integrated type SPV3- − − − − − −
75 0.75 kW 5000 r/min 90 SQ. None None A48 260,000 p/rev Regenerative V1- 10 10 15 30 30 30
Absolute MDS-DJ-
105 1.0 kW 5000 r/min 90 SQ. B With magnetic brakes A51 1,000,000 p/rev resistor type V2- − − − 3030 3030 3030
position
54 0.5 kW 4000 r/min 130 SQ. A74N 16,000,000 p/rev [N · m] 15
Output 11.0
104 1.0 kW 4000 r/min 130 SQ. eShaft end structure 10 8.0
Stall torque 7.2
154 1.5 kW 4000 r/min 130 SQ. Symbol Shaft end structure 5 3.8 3.0
Max. torque 0.32 0.95 0.64 1.9 1.3 2.4 2.0
204 2.0 kW 4000 r/min 176 SQ. S Straight 0
354 3.5 kW 4000 r/min 176 SQ. T Taper Rated output [kW] 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.75 0.75 1.0
453 4.5 kW 3500 r/min 176 SQ. (Note) “Taper” is available for Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 6000 6000 6000 6000 5000 5000
the motor whose flange Motor inertia [kg · cm2] 0.088 0.23 0.42 1.43 2.6 5.1
703 7.0 kW 3000 r/min 176 SQ.
size is 90 SQ. mm or
903 9.0 kW 3000 r/min 204 SQ. Motor inertia with a brake [kg · cm2] 0.090 0.31 0.50 1.63 2.8 5.3
130 SQ. mm.
Degree of protection (The shaft-through portion is excluded.) IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65 IP67 IP67
400V SJ-4-V spindle motor Outline dimension drawing [mm]

(Without a brake, Straight shaft, A48 detector)
<SJ-V Series> (Note) The total length will be 3.5mm longer

when using an A51 or A74/A74N detector.
SJ-4- q w e r – t y T (Note) The detector specification for the HF-KP
series is fixed.
qMotor Series wCoil changeover rShort time rated output tSpecification code
Symbol Motor Series Symbol Coil changeover (Normal specification) The SJ-4-V Series is indicated with a
specification code (01 to 99). Flange fitting diameter [mm] f 30 f 50 f 50 f 70 f 80 f 80
V Medium-inertia Series None Unavailable Symbol Short time rated output
Shaft diameter [mm] f8 f 14 f 14 f 19 f 14 f 14
2.2 2.2 kW
Mass (with a brake) [kg] 0.66 (0.96) 1.2 (1.8) 1.7 (2.3) 2.9 (4.1) 2.5 (3.9) 4.3 (5.7)
eShaft configuration 3.7 3.7 kW ySpecial specification
Absolute position 16,000,000 [p/rev] (A74/A74N) − − − − D2 D2
Symbol Axis configuration 5.5 5.5 kW Symbol Special specification detector 1,000,000 [p/rev] (A51) − − − −
Drive system Type
compatible D2, DJ D2, DJ

None Standard 7.5 7.5 kW None Standard drive unit 260,000 [p/rev] (A48) DJ D2, DJ D2, DJ D2, DJ
S Hollow shaft 11 11 kW Z High-speed bearing
Drive system Servo motor 200V HF Series

15 15 kW Motor type HF54 HF104 HF154 HF224 HF204
1-axis type MDS-D2-V1- 40 40 − 80 80 − 80
18.5 18.5 kW
4020 (L) 4020 (L) 8040 (L) 8040 (L) 8040 (L)
22 22 kW
2-axis type MDS-D2-V2- 4040 4040 − 8080 8080 − 8080
26 26 kW 8040 (M) 8040 (M) 16080 (M) 16080 (M) 16080 (M)
37 37 kW 3-axis type MDS-D2-V3- 404040 404040 404040 − − − −
Compatible
45 45 kW
drive unit SPV2- xxx80* xxx80* − xxx80* xxx80* − xxx80*
55 55 kW Multi axis
MDS-DM2- xxx80* xxx80* xxx80*
integrated type SPV3- xxx80* xxx80* − −
200120 200120 200120
(Note 1) The built-in spindle motor is available by special order. SPHV3- 20080 20080 − 20080 20080 − 20080
(Note 2) This explains the model name system of a spindle motor, and all combinations of motor types listed above do not exist. Regenerative V1- 30 40 − 80 80 80 −
MDS-DJ-
resistor type V2- 3030 − − − − − −
[N · m] 50 46.5 42.0 47.0
42.0
40
Output
30 23.3 23.7
Stall torque
20 13.0 13.7 13.7
Max. torque 9.0 12.0
10 2.9 5.9 7.0
0
Rated output [kW] 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.2 2.0
Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 4000 4000 4000 4000 4000
Motor inertia [kg · cm2] 6.1 11.9 17.8 23.7 38.3
Motor inertia with a brake [kg · cm2] 8.3 14.1 20.0 25.9 48.0
Degree of protection (The shaft-through portion is excluded.) IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
Outline dimension drawing [mm]

(Note) The total length will be 3.5mm longer

when using an A51 or A74/A74N detector.
Flange fitting diameter [mm] f 110 f 110 f 110 f 110 f 114.3
Shaft diameter [mm] f 24 f 24 f 24 f 24 f 35
Mass (with a brake) [kg] 4.8 (6.8) 6.5 (8.5) 8.3 (10.3) 10.0 (12.0) 12.0 (18.0)
Absolute position 16,000,000 [p/rev] (A74/A74N) D2 D2 D2 D2 − D2
detector 1,000,000 [p/rev] (A51) D2 D2 D2-V3 D2 D2 D2
compatible DJ
drive unit 260,000 [p/rev] (A48) DM2, DJ DM2, DJ DM2, DJ DM2, DJ DM2
*Refer to “MDS-DM2 Series Multi-hybrid drive” in this book for compatible drive unit type.
(Note) Only the combination designated in this manual can be used for the motor and drive unit. Always use the designated combination.
11
49 12
50
Drive system Servo motor 200V HF Series Drive system Servo motor 200V TM-RB Series
HF Series TM-RB Series

Motor type HF354 HF123 HF223 HF303 Direct-drive Primary side type TM-RBP012C20 TM-RBP036E20 TM-RBP048G20 TM-RBP105G10
1-axis type MDS-D2-V1- − − 160 20 − 40 80 motor type Secondary side type TM-RBS012C20 TM-RBS036E20 TM-RBS048G20 TM-RBS105G10
16080 (L) 4020 (L) 8040 (L) 1-axis type MDS-D2-V1- 40 80 80 160
2020 (L, M)
2-axis type MDS-D2-V2- − − 160160 − 4040 8080 4020 (L) 8040 (L) 8040 (L)
4020 (M) 16080 (L)
160160W 8040 (M) 16080 (M) Compatible 2-axis type MDS-D2-V2- 4040 8080 8080
160160
202020 drive unit 8040 (M) 16080 (M) 16080 (M)
3-axis type MDS-D2-V3- − − − 404040 (M, S) 404040 (L) −
Compatible 404040 3-axis type MDS-D2-V3- 404040 − − −
drive unit SPV2- − − − − − xxx80* xxx80* Regenerative resistor type MDS-DJ-V1- 40 80 80 100
Multi axis xxx80* [N · m] 300
MDS-DM2- SPV3- − 200120 − − − xxx80* 260
integrated type 200120
250
SPHV3- − − − − − 20080 20080
Output 200
Regenerative 144
MDS-DJ-V1- 100 − − 40 − 40 80 Rated torque (liquid-cooling) 150
resistor type 108 105
Max. torque 100
[N · m] 100 90.0
75.0 36 36 48
80 50
Output 65.0 64.0 12
60 0
Stall torque
40 32.0 32.0
Max. torque 22.5 22.5 22.5 17.0 22.5 Rated output [W] 252 754 1005 1100
20 7.0 10.0 12.0 Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 500 500 500 250
0
Motor inertia [kg · cm2] 22 127 280 395
Rated output [kW] 3.5 1.2 2.1 2.2 3.0 Degree of protection IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00
Motor inertia [kg · cm2] 75.0 11.9 23.7 75.0
Motor inertia with a brake [kg · cm2] 84.7 14.1 25.9 84.7
Degree of protection (The shaft-through portion is excluded.) IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
Outline dimension drawing [mm] Outline dimension drawing [mm]

76 91
80 105
DIA 56 DIA 100

(Note) The total length will be 3.5mm longer DIA 130 DIA 130
when using an A51 or A74/A74N detector. DIA 130
DIA 180 DIA 230 DIA 230
Flange fitting diameter [mm] f 114.3 f 110 f 110 f 114.3
Shaft diameter [mm] f 35 f 24 f 24 f 35 Primary side (coil) 3.9 7.1 10 13
Mass (with a brake) [kg] 19.0 (25.0) 6.5 (8.5) 10.0 (12.0) 19.0 (25.0) Mass [kg]
Secondary side (magnet) 1.7 3.7 5 7
Absolute position 16,000,000 [p/rev] (A74/A74N) − − D2 − D2 D2
Drive system Servo motor 200V HF Series
Drive system Servo motor 200V TM-RB Series

detector 1,000,000 [p/rev] (A51) D2 D2 D2 Direct-drive Primary side type TM-RBP105G20 TM-RBP150G20 TM-RBP340J20 TM-RBP500J20
compatible DJ DM2 D2, DJ D2-V3
drive unit 260,000 [p/rev] (A48) DM2, DJ DM2, DJ motor type Secondary side type TM-RBS105G20 TM-RBS150G20 TM-RBS340J20 TM-RBS500J20
1-axis type MDS-D2-V1- 160 160 320 320W
Motor type HF453 HF703 HF903 HF142 HF302 Compatible 16080 (L)
2-axis type MDS-D2-V2- 160160 − −
1-axis type MDS-D2-V1- − 160 160W 320 20 − 40 drive unit 160160
16080 (L) 4020 (L) Regenerative resistor type MDS-DJ-V1- − − − −
2020
2-axis type MDS-D2-V2- − 160160 160160W − − 4040
4020 (M) [N · m] 1400 1280
160160W 8040 (M)
1200
202020
Compatible 3-axis type MDS-D2-V3- − − − − 404040 (M, S) 404040 (L) 1000
404040 850
drive unit Output
SPV2- − − − − − − xxx80* 800
Multi axis Rated torque (liquid-cooling)
MDS-DM2- SPV3- 200120 − − − − − xxx80* Max. torque 600 500
integrated type 375
SPHV3- − − − − − − 20080 400 340
260
Regenerative 200 105 150
MDS-DJ-V1- − − − − 40 − 40
resistor type
0
[N · m] 200 208.0
152.0 Rated output [W] 2199 3141 7120 10471
Output 150
122.0 Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 500 500 400 400
Stall torque 100 90.0
58.8 Motor inertia [kg · cm2] 395 510 2778 3538
Max. torque 37.2 37.2 49.0 50.0 50.0
50 26.5 Degree of protection IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00
11.0 15.6 20.0
0
Rated output [kW] 4.5 7.0 9.0 1.4 2.2 3.0
Motor inertia with a brake [kg · cm2] 121.7 163.7 205.7 20.0 84.7
Degree of protection (The shaft-through portion is excluded.) IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
Outline dimension drawing [mm] Outline dimension drawing [mm]

105 130 154 191
(Note) The total length will be 3.5mm longer DIA 130 DIA 130
when using an A51 or A74/A74N detector. DIA 230 DIA 230 DIA 205 DIA 205
DIA 330 DIA 330

Flange fitting diameter [mm] f 114.3 f 114.3 f 180 f 110 f 114.3
Absolute position 16,000,000 [p/rev] (A74/A74N) − D2 D2 Primary side (coil) 13 16 33 41
detector Mass [kg]
1,000,000 [p/rev] (A51) D2 D2 D2 D2-V3 Secondary side (magnet) 7 9 20 26
compatible DM2 D2, DJ D2, DM2, DJ
drive unit 260,000 [p/rev] (A48) (Note 1) The detector should be procured by the user.
*Refer to “MDS-DM2 Series Multi-hybrid drive” in this book for compatible drive unit type. (Note 2) Only the combination designated in this manual can be used for the motor and drive unit. Always use the designated combination.
13
51 14
52
Drive system Servo motor 200V LM-F Series
LM-F Series LM-F Series (One unit and two motor)

Linear servo Primary side type LM-FP2B-06M-1WW0 LM-FP2D-12M-1WW0 LM-FP2F-18M-1WW0 LM-FP4B-12M-1WW0 Linear servo Primary side type LM-FP2B-06M-1WW0 LM-FP2D-12M-1WW0 LM-FP2F-18M-1WW0
motor type Secondary side type LM-FS20-  -1WW0 LM-FS20-  -1WW0 LM-FS20-  -1WW0 LM-FS40-  -1WW0 motor type Secondary side type LM-FS20-  -1WW0 LM-FS20-  -1WW0 LM-FS20-  -1WW0
1-axis type MDS-D2-V1- 40 80 160 80 1-axis type MDS-D2-V1- 80 160 320
4020 (L) 8040 (L) 8040 (L) 8040 (L)
16080 (L) Compatible 16080 (L)
Compatible 2-axis type MDS-D2-V2- 4040 8080 8080 2-axis type MDS-D2-V2- 8080 −
160160 drive unit 160160
drive unit 8040 (M) 16080 (M) 16080 (M) 16080 (M)
3-axis type MDS-D2-V3- 404040 − − − Regenerative resistor type MDS-DJ-V1- 80 − −
Regenerative resistor type MDS-DJ-V1- 40 80 − 80 [N] 12000 10800
[N] 6000 5400 10000
5000 Thrust force 8000 7200
Thrust force 4000 3600 3600 Continuous (natural-cooling)
6000
Continuous (natural-cooling) Continuous (liquid-cooling)
3000 4000 3600 3600
Continuous (liquid-cooling) Maximum 2400
2000 1800 1800 1800
Maximum 1200 1200 2000 600
1200 1200
900
1000 300 600 600 600 0
0 Rated thrust force [N] 1200 2400 3600
Rated thrust force [N] 600 1200 1800 1200 Maximum speed (Note 1) [m/s] 2.0 2.0 2.0
Maximum speed (Note 1) [m/s] 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 Magnetic attraction force (per motor) [N] 4500 9000 13500
Magnetic attraction force [N] 4500 9000 13500 9000 Degree of protection IP00 IP00 IP00
Degree of protection IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 Primary side Secondary side Primary side Secondary side Primary side Secondary side
Primary side Secondary side Primary side Secondary side Primary side Secondary side Primary side Secondary side
480
576
770
770 480 480 480
Outline dimension drawing [mm] 530
576 576 576
Outline dimension drawing [mm] 480 530 480 480 290
576 576 576
290 290
1000 1000 1000

1000 1000 1000 1000
50 19.5 50 19.5 50 19.5
19.5 120
50 19.5 50 19.5 50 19.5 50 120 120 120 120 120
120 120 120 120 120 120 200 200 Primary side (coil) 9×2 18×2 27×2
Primary side (coil) 9 18 27 14 Mass [kg] 7.1 (480mm) 7.1 (480mm) 7.1 (480mm)
Secondary side (magnet)
Mass [kg] 7.1 (480mm) 7.1 (480mm) 7.1 (480mm) 13.5 (480mm) 9.0 (576mm) 9.0 (576mm) 9.0 (576mm)

9.0 (576mm) 9.0 (576mm) 9.0 (576mm) 16.0 (576mm)
Linear servo Primary side type LM-FP4B-12M-1WW0 LM-FP4D-24M-1WW0

Linear servo Primary side type LM-FP4D-24M-1WW0 LM-FP4F-36M-1WW0 LM-FP4H-48M-1WW0 LM-FP5H-60M-1WW0 motor type Secondary side type LM-FS40-  -1WW0 LM-FS40-  -1WW0
motor type Secondary side type LM-FS40-  -1WW0 LM-FS40-  -1WW0 LM-FS40-  -1WW0 LM-FS50-  -1WW0 1-axis type MDS-D2-V1- 160 320
Compatible
1-axis type MDS-D2-V1- 160 320 320 200 (Note 2) 2-axis type MDS-D2-V2- 160160 −
drive unit
Compatible 16080 (L) Regenerative resistor type MDS-DJ-V1- − −
2-axis type MDS-D2-V2- − − −
drive unit 160160 [N] 16000 14400
Regenerative resistor type MDS-DJ-V1- − − − − 14000
[N] 20000 18000 12000
Thrust force 14400 Thrust force 10000
15000
Continuous (natural-cooling) 10800 Continuous (natural-cooling)
10000 7200 6000
8000 7200
Continuous (liquid-cooling) 4800 Continuous (liquid-cooling)
5000 3600 3000 6000
Maximum 1200 2400 1800 2400 Maximum 4800
0 4000 2400 2400
Rated thrust force [N] 2400 3600 4800 6000 2000 1200
Maximum speed (Note 1) [m/s] 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 0
Magnetic attraction force [N] 18000 27000 36000 45000 Rated thrust force [N] 2400 4800
Degree of protection IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 Maximum speed (Note 1) [m/s] 2.0 2.0
Primary side Secondary side Primary side Secondary side Primary side Secondary side Primary side Secondary side Magnetic attraction force (per motor) [N] 9000 18000
Degree of protection IP00 IP00
Primary side Secondary side Primary side Secondary side
480 480
576 576
1010 1010
Outline dimension drawing [mm] 770 530

480 480 480 Degree of protection [mm]
530 480
576 576 576 290
576
1000 1000
1000 1000 1000 1000 19.5
19.5
50 50
50 19.5 50 19.5 50 19.5 50 25 200 200 200 200
200 200 200 200 200 200 240 240 Primary side (coil) 14×2 28×2
Primary side (coil) 28 42 56 67 Mass [kg] 13.5 (480mm) 13.5 (480mm)
Mass [kg] 13.5 (480mm) 13.5 (480mm) 13.5 (480mm) 20.0 (480mm) 16.0 (576mm) 16.0 (576mm)
16.0 (576mm) 16.0 (576mm) 16.0 (576mm) 26.0 (576mm) (Note 1) The maximum speed in actual use is either the linear scale’s maximum speed or this specified value, whichever is smaller.
(Note 1) The maximum speed in actual use is either the linear scale’s maximum speed or this specified value, whichever is smaller. (Note 2) Only the combination designated in this manual can be used for the motor and drive unit. Always use the designated combination.
(Note 2) 400V specifications
(Note 3) Only the combination designated in this manual can be used for the motor and drive unit. Always use the designated combination.
15
53 16
54
Drive system Spindle motor 200V SJ-D Series
SJ-D Series (Normal specifications) SJ-D Series (Hollow shaft specifications)

Motor type SJ-D3.7/100-01 SJ-D5.5/100-01 SJ-D5.5/120-01 SJ-D7.5/100-01 SJ-D7.5/120-01 Motor type SJ-D5.5/120-02T-S
1-axis type MDS-D2-SP- 80 80 80 160 160 1-axis type MDS-D2-SP- − 160 200
8040 (L) 8040 (L) 8040 (L)
2-axis type MDS-D2-SP2- 8080 8080 (L, M) 8080 16080S (L) 16080S (L) 2-axis type MDS-D2-SP2- − 16080S(L) −
Compatible 16080S (M) 16080S (M) 16080S (M) CompatiblekW
drive unit drive unit 30
Multi axis SPV2- − 10080 10080 10080 10080 Multi axis SPV2- 10080 16080 20080
MDS-DM2- MDS-DM2-
integrated type SPV3- − 10080 10080 10080 10080 integrated type
20 18.5 SPV3- 10080 16080 20080
Regenerative resistor type MDS-DJ-SP- 80 100 100 120 120 13 type MDS-DJ-SP-
Regenerative resistor − − −
10
kW kW 5.5 kW 5.5 kW kW kW kW kW
8
7.5 8
7.5 8
7.5 15 15
6 6 6
Output 0 3.7
3.7 3.7 6 5.5 6 5.5 330 400 750 6 5.5
10 9.2 10
10.4
4 4 4 3.7 r /min
Output 4 4 Acceleration/Deceleration 4 3.7 3.7
2.2 5.5 5.5
Short-time rating 2 2 2
2 2
Short-time rating (10min)
%ED rating (15min) 2
5 5
Continuous rating 0 0
0 0 0
1500 6000 10000 1500 6000 10000 1500 6000 12000 1500 6000 10000 1500 6000 12000 Continuous rating 2000 2800 8000 12000 2000 2800 6000 8000 12000 1700 4500 8000 12000
r/min r/min r/min r/min r/min r/min r/min 2800 r/min
Short-time rating (15min) Short-time rating (30min) Short-time rating (30min) Short-time rating (30min) Short-time rating (30min) %ED rating (25%ED) %ED rating (25%ED) %ED rating (25%ED)
Standard output during acceleration/deceleration [kW] 3.7 5.5 5.5 7.5 7.5 Standard output during acceleration/deceleration [kW] 7.5 9.2 10.4
Actual acceleration/deceleration output (Note 2) [kW] 4.44 6.6 6.6 9 9 Actual acceleration/deceleration output (Note 2) [kW] 9 11.04 12.48
Base rotation speed [r/min] 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 Base rotation speed [r/min] 2800
Max. rotation speed in constant output range [r/min] 6000 6000 6000 6000 6000 Max. rotation speed in constant output range [r/min] 8000
Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 10000 10000 12000 10000 12000 Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 12000
Continuous rated torque [N · m] 14.0 23.6 23.6 35.0 35.0 Continuous rated torque [N · m] 12.6
Motor inertia [kg · m2] 0.0074 0.013 0.013 0.023 0.023 Motor inertia [kg · m2] 0.0075
Degree of protection (The shaft-through portion is excluded.) IP54 IP54 IP54 IP54 IP54 Degree of protection(The shaft-through portion is excluded.) IP54
174 SQ. 174 SQ. 174 SQ. 204 SQ. 204 SQ. 174 SQ.
Outline dimension drawing (flange type) [mm] Outline dimension drawing (flange type) [mm]
417 417 439 439 327
327
Flange fitting diameter [mm] f 150 f 150 f 150 f 180 f 180 Flange fitting diameter [mm] f150
Shaft diameter [mm] f 28 f 28 f 28 f 32 f 32 Shaft diameter [mm] f28

Mass [kg] 26 39 39 53 53 Mass [kg] 24
(Note 2) Actual acceleration/deceleration output is 1.2-fold of "Standard output during acceleration/deceleration" or "Short time rated output".
Motor type SJ-D11/100-01 SJ-D5.5/120-02

1-axis type MDS-D2-SP- 160 − 160 200
2-axis type MDS-D2-SP2- 16080S (L) − 16080S (L) −

CompatiblekW
drive unit 30
Multi axis SPV2- 16080 10080 16080 20080
MDS-DM2-
integrated type
20 18.5 SPV3- 16080 10080 16080 20080
13 type MDS-DJ-SP-
Regenerative resistor 160 − − −
10
kW kW kW kW
15 8
7.5 15 15
Output 0 11 3.7
330 400 750 10
6 5.5
10 9.2 10
10.4
Acceleration/Deceleration r /min 7.5 4 3.7 3.7
5.5 5.5
%ED rating (15min) 5
2
5 5
Short-time rating 0 0 0 0
Continuous rating 1500 4500 10000 2000 2800 8000 12000 2000 2800 6000 8000 12000 1700 4500 8000 12000
r/min r/min r/min 2800 r/min
Short-time rating (30min) %ED rating (25%ED) %ED rating (25%ED) %ED rating (25%ED)
Standard output during acceleration/deceleration [kW] 11 7.5 9.2 10.4

Actual acceleration/deceleration output (Note 2) [kW] 13.2 9 11.04 12.48
Base rotation speed [r/min] 1500 2800
Max. rotation speed in constant output range [r/min] 4500 8000
Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 10000 12000
Continuous rated torque [N · m] 47.7 12.6
Motor inertia [kg · m2] 0.031 0.0074
Degree of protection(The shaft-through portion is excluded.) IP54 IP54
204 SQ. 174 SQ.
Outline dimension drawing (flange type) [mm]

489 327
Flange fitting diameter [mm] f 180 f 150

Shaft diameter [mm] f 48 f 28
Mass [kg] 64 26
17
55 18
56
Drive system Spindle motor 200V SJ-DJ Series Drive system Spindle motor 200V SJ-DL Series
SJ-DJ Series (Compact & lightweight specifications) SJ-DL Series (Low-inertia specification)
Motor type SJ-DJ5.5/100-01 SJ-DJ5.5/120-01 SJ-DJ7.5/100-01 Motor type SJ-DL0.75/100-01 SJ-DL1.5/100-01 SJ-DL5.5/150-01T
1-axis type MDS-D2-SP- 80 80 160 1-axis type MDS-D2-SP- 20 40 160
8040 (L) 8040 (L) 4020 (L)
kW2-axis type 2020
MDS-D2-SP2- 8080 (L, M) 8080 16080S (L) 2-axis type MDS-D2-SP2- 4040S 16080S (L)
Compatible 30 4020 (M)
16080S (M) 16080S (M) Compatible 8040 (M)
drive unit
Multi axis 18.5 SPV2- 10080 10080 10080 drive unit SPV2- − − 16080
20 MDS-DM2- kWMulti axis
integrated type
13 SPV3- 10080 10080 10080 30 MDS-DM2- SPV3- − − 16080
integrated type
10
Regenerative resistor type MDS-DJ-SP- 100 100 120 SPHV3- − − −
20 18.5
Regenerative resistor type MDS-DJ-SP- − − −
kW kW kW
0 5.5 7.5 13
330 400 8 6 8
750 kW kW kW
r /min 3.7 10
Output 6 5.5 6 5.5 1.5 2.0 15
3.7 4 0.4 0.75
%ED rating (15min) 1.5 11
4 4 0 0.9 0.75 1.5 10
2 Output 330 400 750 1.0
Short-time rating 2 2
Acceleration/Deceleration r /min 1.0 5.5 3.7
Continuous rating 0 0.5 5
0 1500 4500 12000 0 Short-time
Short-time ratingrating (10min) (15min) 0.5
1500 2000 4500 10000 2000 r/min 1500 2000 4500 10000
r/min r/min Continuous rating 0 0 0
1500 1800 10000 1500 10000 2500 3000 4200 15000
%ED rating (25%ED) %ED rating (25%ED) Short-time rating (15min) r/min ｒ/min ｒ/min
Standard output during acceleration/deceleration [kW] 5.5 5.5 7.5 Short-time rating (10min) Short-time rating (10min) Short-time rating (15min) (30min)
Actual acceleration/deceleration output (Note 2) [kW] 6.6 6.6 9 Standard output during acceleration/deceleration [kW] 0.9 1.5 11
Short-time [r/min] 1500 1500 1500 Actual acceleration/deceleration output (Note 2) [kW] 1.08 1.8 13.2
Base rotation speed
Continuous [r/min] 2000 2000 2000 Base rotation speed [r/min] 1500 1500 2500
Max. rotation speed in constant output range [r/min] 4500 4500 4500 Max. rotation speed in constant output range [r/min] 10000 10000 15000
Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 10000 12000 10000 Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 10000 10000 15000
Continuous rated torque [N · m] 17.7 17.7 26.3 Continuous rated torque [N · m] 2.55 4.77 14.1
Motor inertia [kg · m2] 0.0074 0.0074 0.013 Motor inertia [kg · m2] 0.011 0.019 0.0046
Degree of protection(The shaft-through portion is excluded.) IP54 IP54 IP54 Degree of protection(The shaft-through portion is excluded.) IP54 IP54 IP54
174 SQ. 174 SQ. 174 SQ. 174 SQ.
130 SQ. 130 SQ.

Outline dimension drawing (flange type) [mm] 327 327 417
Outline dimension drawing (flange type) [mm] 264 317
377
Flange fitting diameter [mm] f 150 f 150 f 150

Shaft diameter [mm] f 28 f 28 f 28 Flange fitting diameter [mm] f 110 f 110 f 150
Drive system Spindle motor 200V SJ-DJ Series
Drive system Spindle motor 200V SJ-DL Series

Mass [kg] 26 26 39 Shaft diameter [mm] f 22 f 22 f 28
Mass [kg] 10 14 30
Motor type SJ-DJ7.5/120-01 SJ-DJ11/100-01 SJ-DJ15/80-01

1-axis type MDS-D2-SP- 160 160 200 Motor type SJ-DL5.5/200-01T SJ-DL7.5/150-01T
1-axis type MDS-D2-SP- 160 160
kW2-axis type MDS-D2-SP2- 16080S(L) 16080S (L) − 2-axis type MDS-D2-SP2- 16080S (L) 16080S (L)
Compatible 30
Compatible SPV2- − 16080
drive unit Multi axis
Multi axis 18.5 SPV2- 10080 16080 20080 drive unit MDS-DM2- SPV3- − 16080
20 MDS-DM2- integrated type
integrated type
13 SPV3- 10080 16080 20080 SPHV3- − −
10
Regenerative resistor type MDS-DJ-SP- 120 160 − Regenerative resistor type MDS-DJ-SP- − −
kW kW kW kW kW
0 8.0 16 16 15
330 400 750 15 15
7.5
Output r /min 6.0 12 11 12 11 11 11
5.5 10 10
%ED rating (15min) 4.0 8 7.5 8 Output 7.5
5.5 3.7 5.5
Short-time rating 2.0 4 4 Acceleration/Deceleration 5 5
Continuous rating 0 0 0 Short-time rating
1500 2000 4500 12000 1500 2000 4500 10000 1500 2000 4000 8000 Continuous rating 0 0
r/min r/min r/min 15000 20000 1500 1800 8000 15000
Short-time rating (15min) Short-time rating (15min) %ED rating (15%ED) 2500 3000 4200 r/min r/min
Short-time rating (15min) (30min) Short-time rating (30min)
Standard output during acceleration/deceleration [kW] 7.5 11 15
Actual acceleration/deceleration output (Note 2) [kW] 9 13.2 18 Standard output during acceleration/deceleration [kW] 11 11
Short-time [r/min] 1500 1500 1500 Actual acceleration/deceleration output (Note 2) [kW] 13.2 13.2
Base rotation speed Base rotation speed [r/min] 2500 1500
Continuous [r/min] 2000 2000 2000
Max. rotation speed in constant output range [r/min] 4500 4500 4000 Max. rotation speed in constant output range [r/min] 20000 8000
Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 12000 10000 8000 Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 20000 15000
Continuous rated torque [N · m] 26.3 35.8 52.5 Continuous rated torque [N · m] 14.1 35.0
Motor inertia [kg · m2] 0.013 0.023 0.031 Motor inertia [kg · m2] 0.0046 0.016
Degree of protection(The shaft-through portion is excluded.) IP54 IP54 IP54 Degree of protection(The shaft-through portion is excluded.) IP54 IP54
174 SQ. 204 SQ.
174 SQ. 204 SQ. 204 SQ.
377
Outline dimension drawing (flange type) [mm] Outline dimension drawing (flange type) [mm] 489
417 439 489
Flange fitting diameter [mm] f 150 f 180 f 180 Flange fitting diameter [mm] f 150 f 180
Shaft diameter [mm] f 28 f 32 f 48 Shaft diameter [mm] f 28 f 32
Mass [kg] 39 53 64 Mass [kg] 30 56
(Note 1) Only the combination designated in this manual can be used for the motor and drive unit. Always use the designated combination. (Note 1) Only the combination designated in this manual can be used for the motor and drive unit. Always use the designated combination.
(Note 2) Actual acceleration/deceleration output is 1.2-fold of "Standard output during acceleration/deceleration" or "Short time rated output". (Note 2) Actual acceleration/deceleration output is 1.2-fold of "Standard output during acceleration/deceleration" or "Short time rated output".
(Note 3) %ED is a load time ratio of operating time relative to a 10-minute cycle time. At 25%ED, for example, the operating time is 2.5 minutes and non-operation time is 7.5 minutes of a 10-minute cycle time.
19
57 20
58
Drive system Spindle motor 200V SJ-DL Series Drive system Spindle motor 200V SJ-V Series
SJ-DL Series (Hollow shaft specifications) SJ-V Series (Normal specification)

Motor type SJ-DL5.5/200-01T-S Motor type SJ-V2.2-01T SJ-VL2.2-02ZT *1 SJ-V3.7-02ZT SJ-V7.5-03ZT
1-axis type MDS-D2-SP- 160 1-axis type MDS-D2-SP- 40 40 80 160
2-axis type MDS-D2-SP2- 16080S(L) 4020 (L) 4020 (L) 8040 (L)
Compatible SPV2- − 2-axis type MDS-D2-SP2- 4040S 4040S 8080 16080S (L)
Multi axis 8040 (M) 8040 (M) 16080S (M)
drive unit MDS-DM2- SPV3- −
integrated type Compatible
SPHV3- − SPV2- − − − 16080
drive unit Multi axis
Regenerative resistor type MDS-DJ-SP- − MDS-DM2- SPV3- − − − 16080
integrated type
kW
SPHV3- − − − −
15 Regenerative
11 MDS-DJ-SP- 40 80 *2 − 160 *1
resistor type
Output 10
5.5 3.7 kW kW kW kW
Acceleration/Deceleration 5 7.5
Short-time rating 6 3 6 8
Continuous rating 2.2 6 5.5
0
15000 20000 4 2 4 3.7
2500 3000 4200 r/min Output 1.5
2.2 2.2 4
Short-time rating 2 1.5 1 2
Short-time rating (15min) (30min) 2
Continuous rating
Standard output during acceleration/deceleration [kW] 11 0 0 0 0
1500 6000 10000 3000 15000 3000 12000 15000 1500 10000 12000
Actual acceleration/deceleration output (Note 2) [kW] 13.2 r / min r/min r / min r / min
Base rotation speed [r/min] 2500 Short-time rating (15min) Short-time rating (15min) Short-time rating (15min) Short-time rating (30min)
Max. rotation speed in constant output range [r/min] 20000 Standard output during acceleration/deceleration [kW] 2.2 2.2 3.7 7.5
Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 20000 Actual acceleration/deceleration output (Note 2) [kW] 2.64 2.64 4.44 9
Continuous rated torque [N · m] 14.1 Base rotation speed [r/min] 1500 3000 3000 1500
Motor inertia [kg · m2] 0.0046 Max. rotation speed in constant output range [r/min] 6000 15000 12000 10000
Degree of protection(The shaft-through portion is excluded.) IP54 Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 10000 15000 15000 12000
174 SQ. Continuous rated torque [N · m] 9.5 4.77 7.0 35
Motor inertia [kg · m2] 0.00675 0.0024 0.00675 0.0245
Degree of protection IP44 IP44 IP44 IP44
Outline dimension drawing (flange type) [mm]

377
Outline dimension drawing

[mm]
(Flange type)
Flange fitting diameter [mm] f 150

Shaft diameter [mm] f 22
Mass [kg] 28
f 150 f 110 f 150 f 180
Drive system Spindle motor 200V SJ-DL Series
Drive system Spindle motor 200V SJ-V Series

(Note 1) Only the combination designated in this manual can be used for the motor and drive unit. Always use the designated combination. Flange fitting diameter [mm]
(Note 2) Actual acceleration/deceleration output is 1.2-fold of "Standard output during acceleration/deceleration" or "Short time rated output". Shaft diameter [mm] f 28 f 22 f 28 f 32
Mass [kg] 25 20 25 60
*1 The maximum rotation speed is 10000r/min.
Motor type SJ-V11-08ZT SJ-V11-13ZT SJ-V15-01ZT

1-axis type MDS-D2-SP- 200 200 200
2-axis type MDS-D2-SP2- − − −
SPV2- − 20080 20080
Compatible Multi axis
MDS-DM2- SPV3- − 20080 20080
drive unit integrated type
SPHV3- 20080
Regenerative
MDS-DJ-SP- − − −
resistor type
kW kW kW
15 20 20
11 15
15 15
10 11 11
Output 7.5 10 7.5 10
Short-time rating 5
0 0 0
1500 8000 1500 6000 8000 1500 4500 8000
r / min r / min r / min
Short-time rating (30min) Short-time rating (30min) Short-time rating (30min)
Standard output during acceleration/deceleration [kW] 11 11 15
Actual acceleration/deceleration output (Note 2) [kW] 13.2 13.2 18
Base rotation speed [r/min] 1500 1500 1500
Max. rotation speed in constant output range [r/min] 8000 6000 4500
Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 8000 8000 8000
Continuous rated torque [N · m] 47.7 47.7 70
Motor inertia [kg · m2] 0.03 0.03 0.0575
Degree of protection IP44 IP44 IP44

[mm]
(Flange type)

Shaft diameter [mm] f 48 f 48 f 48
Mass [kg] 70 70 110
21
59 22
60
SJ-V Series (Normal specification) SJ-V Series (Normal specification)

Motor type SJ-V15-09ZT SJ-V18.5-01ZT SJ-V18.5-04ZT SJ-V22-01ZT Motor type SJ-V45-01ZT SJ-V55-01ZT
1-axis type MDS-D2-SP- 200 200 240 240 1-axis type MDS-D2-SP- 640 640
2-axis type MDS-D2-SP2- − −
2-axis type MDS-D2-SP2- − − − − Compatible drive Multi axis
MDS-DM2- − −
unit integrated type
Compatible
SPV2- − − − − Regenerative
drive unit Multi axis MDS-DJ-SP- − −
MDS-DM2- SPV3- − − − − resistor type
integrated type
SPHV3- 20080 − − −
kW kW
Regenerative 55
MDS-DJ-SP- − − − − 60 60
resistor type 45 45
kW kW kW kW 40 37 40
20 20 18.5 30 30 Output
15 15 22 Short-time rating 20 20
15 15 18.5 18.5
11 20 20 Continuous rating
Output 10 10 15
0 0
Short-time rating 10 10 1500 4500 6000 1150 3450 4500
5 5 r / min r / min
Continuous rating
0 0 0 0 Short-time rating (30min) Short-time rating (30min)
1500 6000 8000 1500 4500 8000 1500 6000 8000 1500 4500 8000
r / min r / min r / min r / min
Standard output during acceleration/deceleration [kW] 45 55
Short-time rating (30min) Short-time rating (30min) Short-time rating (30min) Short-time rating (30min)
Actual acceleration/deceleration output (Note 2) [kW] 54 66
Standard output during acceleration/deceleration [kW] 15 18.5 18.5 22
Base rotation speed [r/min] 1500 1150
Actual acceleration/deceleration output (Note 2) [kW] 18 22.2 22.2 26.4
Max. rotation speed in constant output range [r/min] 4500 3450
Base rotation speed [r/min] 1500 1500 1500 1500
Max. rotation speed in constant output range [r/min] 6000 4500 6000 4500
Continuous rated torque [N · m] 236 374
Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 8000 8000 8000 8000
Motor inertia [kg · m2] 0.34 0.8475
Continuous rated torque [N · m] 70 95.5 95.5 118

[mm] (Flange type)
(Flange type)
Flange fitting diameter [mm] f 230 f 230 f 230 f 230 Flange fitting diameter [mm] f 300 f 450

Shaft diameter [mm] f 48 f 48 f 48 f 55 Shaft diameter [mm] f 60 f 75
Mass [kg] 110 110 110 135 Mass [kg] 300 450
Motor type SJ-V22-04ZT SJ-V22-06ZT SJ-V26-01ZT SJ-V37-01ZT
1-axis type MDS-D2-SP- 320 240 320 400
2-axis type MDS-D2-SP2- − − − −
SPV2- − − −
Compatible Multi axis
MDS-DM2- SPV3- − − −
SPHV3- − − − −
Regenerative
MDS-DJ-SP- − − − −
resistor type
kW kW kW kW
30 30 30 26 60
22 22
20 18.5 20 20 40 37
Output 15 30
Short-time rating 10 10
11 10 20
Continuous rating
0 0 0 0
1500 6000 8000 1500 8000 1500 6000 8000 1150 3450 6000
r / min r / min r / min r / min
Standard output during acceleration/deceleration [kW] 22 15 26 37
Actual acceleration/deceleration output (Note 2) [kW] 26.4 18 31.2 44.4
Continuous rated torque [N · m] 118 70.0 140 249

[mm]
(Flange type)
Flange fitting diameter [mm] f 230 f 230 f 230 f 300

Shaft diameter [mm] f 55 f 48 f 55 f 60
Mass [kg] 135 110 155 300
23
61 24
62
SJ-V Series (Wide range constant output specification) SJ-V Series (Hollow shaft specifications)
Motor type SJ-V11-01T SJ-V11-09T SJ-V15-03T SJ-V18.5-03T Motor type SJ-VS7.5-14FZT SJ-VKS26-09FZT SJ-VKS30-16FZT
1-axis type MDS-D2-SP- 160 160 200 240 1-axis type MDS-D2-SP- 160 320 320
2-axis type MDS-D2-SP2- 16080S (L) 16080S (L) − − 2-axis type MDS-D2-SP2- 16080S(L) − −
SPV2- 16080 16080 − − Compatible
kW Multi axis SPV2- − − −
Compatible Multi axis MDS-DM2-
MDS-DM2- SPV3- 16080 16080 − − drive unit
30 integrated type SPV3- − − −
SPHV3- − − 20080 − Regenerative
20 18.5 MDS-DJ-SP- − − −
Regenerative resistor type
MDS-DJ-SP- − − − − 13
resistor type 10 kW kW Low-speed coil kW
High-speed coil Low-speed coil High-speed coil
kW kW kW kW 15 18 18 30 30
15 15
15 15 15 15 0 22 22
330 400 750 10 12 12 20 20
11 r /min 7.5 18.5
10 10 10 9 10 Output 11 11
Output 7.5 7.5 9 5 5.5 15 15
Short-time rating
Short-time rating (10min) (15min) 6 6 10 10
Short-time rating 5.5 5.5 7.5 7.5 11
5 3.7 5 5 5 Continuous rating
Continuous rating 0 0 0 0 0
750 6000 1500 4000 4000 15000 1500 4000 4000 15000
0 0 0 0 r/min r/min
750 6000 750 6000 750 6000 750 6000 r/min r/min r/min
r / min r / min r / min r / min Short-time rating (15min) (30min) Short-time rating (10min) (30min) Short-time rating (10min) (15min) (30min)
Standard output during acceleration/deceleration [kW] 5.5 7.5 9 11 Standard output during acceleration/deceleration [kW] 7.5 15 22
Actual acceleration/deceleration output (Note 2) [kW] 6.6 9 10.8 13.2 Actual acceleration/deceleration output (Note 2) [kW] 9 18 26.4
Base rotation speed [r/min] 750 750 750 750 Base rotation speed [r/min] 1500 1500 4000 1500 3000
Max. rotation speed in constant output range [r/min] 6000 6000 6000 6000 Max. rotation speed in constant output range [r/min] 10000 4000 15000 4500 13600
Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 6000 6000 6000 6000 Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 15000 4000 15000 4500 15000
Continuous rated torque [N · m] 47.1 70.0 95.5 115 Continuous rated torque [N · m] 35 47.7 17.9 70 47.7
Motor inertia [kg · m2] 0.03 0.0575 0.0575 0.08 Motor inertia [kg · m2] 0.0248 0.03 0.0575
Degree of protection IP44 IP44 IP44 IP44 Degree of protection IP44 IP44 IP44
208 SQ. 208 SQ. 250 SQ.
Outline dimension drawing Outline dimension drawing

[mm] [mm]
(Flange type) (Flange type) 459.5 509.5 565
Flange fitting diameter [mm] f 180 f 230 f 230 f 230 Flange fitting diameter [mm] f 180 f 180 f 230
Shaft diameter [mm] f 48 f 48 f 48 f 55 Shaft diameter [mm] f 32 f 38 f 48
Mass [kg] 70 110 110 135 Mass [kg] 60 75 130

Motor type SJ-V22-05T SJ-V22-09T SJ-VK22-19ZT

1-axis type MDS-D2-SP- 320 320 320
2-axis type MDS-D2-SP2- − − −
Compatible
kW Multi axis
MDS-DM2- − − −
drive 30
unit integrated type
Regenerative
18.5
20 MDS-DJ-SP- − − −
resistor type
13
10 kW kW kW kW
30 30 30 30
0 22
330 400 750 20 20 18.5 20 18.5 20 18.5
Output r /min 15 15 13
Short-time rating
Short-time (10min)
rating (15min) 11
10 10 10 10
Continuous rating
0 0 0 0
750 6000 500 600 3500 4500 330 400 750 575 3450 6000
r / min r /min r /min r /min
Short-time rating (30min) Short-time rating (30min) Short-time rating (10min) (15min) Short-time rating (30min)
Standard output during acceleration/deceleration [kW] 15 18.5 18.5 22

Actual acceleration/deceleration output (Note 2) [kW] 18 22.2 22.2 26.4
Continuous rated torque [N · m] 140 239 310 307.3
Motor inertia [kg · m2] 0.08 0.31 0.34
Degree of protection IP44 IP44 IP44

[mm]
(Flange type)

Mass [kg] 135 280 300
25
63 26
64
Drive system Spindle motor 200V SJ-VL Series
SJ-VL Series (Low-inertia specification) SJ-VL Series (Hollow shaft specifications)

Motor type SJ-VL11-02FZT SJ-VL11-05FZT-S01 *1 SJ-VL18.5-05FZT Motor type SJ-VLS15-11FZT
1-axis type MDS-D2-SP- 160 160 240 1-axis type MDS-D2-SP- 200
2-axis type MDS-D2-SP2- 16080S (L) 16080S (L) − 2-axis type MDS-D2-SP2- −
Compatible Multi axis SPV2- 16080 16080 *2 − Compatible Multi axis SPV2- −
MDS-DM2- MDS-DM2-
drive unit kW integrated type SPV3- 16080 16080 *2 − drive unit integrated type SPV3- −
30Regenerative Regenerative
MDS-DJ-SP- − 160 *3 − MDS-DJ-SP- −
resistor type resistor type
20 18.5
kW kW kW
13 15 30 kW
15
10 30
11 11
0 10 10 20 20 18.5
Output 330 400 750 18.5 Output
Acceleration/Deceleration r /min Acceleration/Deceleration
5 5 1.5 10 10 11
Short-timeShort-time
rating rating (10min) (15min) 3.7 Short-time rating
2.2 3 5.5 3.7 2.2
7.5
Continuous rating Continuous rating
0
0 0 0 3000 4000 12000 15000
1500 4000 10000 15000 5000 6000 18000 20000 3000 5000 15000 r /min
ｒ/min r /min ｒ/min
Short-time rating (15min) Short-time rating (10min) Short-time rating (5min) (15min)
Standard output during acceleration/deceleration [kW] 11 11 18.5 Standard output during acceleration/deceleration [kW] 18.5
Actual acceleration/deceleration output (Note 2) [kW] 13.2 13.2 22.2 Actual acceleration/deceleration output (Note 2) [kW] 22.2
Base rotation speed [r/min] 1500 5000 3000 Base rotation speed [r/min] 3000
Max. rotation speed in constant output range [r/min] 15000 20000 15000 Max. rotation speed in constant output range [r/min] 15000
Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 15000 20000 15000 Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 15000
Continuous rated torque [N · m] 14.0 2.8 7.0 Continuous rated torque [N · m] 23.9
Motor inertia [kg · m2] 0.003 0.0024 0.00525 Motor inertia [kg · m2] 0.0085
Degree of protection IP44 IP44 IP44 Degree of protection IP44
174 SQ.
174 SQ. 174 SQ.

Outline dimension drawing Outline dimension drawing
[mm] [mm]
(Flange type) 441 441 (Flange type) 475
Flange fitting diameter [mm] f 150 f 110 f 150 Flange fitting diameter [mm] f 150
Shaft diameter [mm] f 28 f 22 f 28 Shaft diameter [mm] f 28

Mass [kg] 42 20 40 Mass [kg] 50
*1 The acceleration/deceleration frequency is limited by the regenerative resistor. *3 The maximum rotation speed is 12000r/min. (Note 1) Only the combination designated in this manual can be used for the motor and drive unit. Always use the designated combination.
*2 The maximum rotation speed is 15000r/min. *4 The output can be changed by parameter. (Note 2) Actual acceleration/deceleration output is 1.2-fold of "Standard output during acceleration/deceleration" or "Short time rated output".
27
65 28
66
Drive system Spindle motor 200V Built-in spindle motor
SJ-B Series SJ-B Series

Built-in kW
spindle motor type (Note 1) SJ-2B4A01T SJ-2B4002T SJ-2B4004T SJ-2B4003T SJ-2B4B01T Built-in spindle motor type (Note 1) SJ-2B4218T SJ-2B4202T SJ-2B4215T SJ-2B4203T SJ-2B4219T
Compatible
30 Compatible
MDS-D2-SP- 80 20 40 40 160 MDS-D2-SP- 80 80 200 80 160
spindle drive unit spindle drive unit
20 18.5
13 kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW kW
10 3 0.9 3 3 9 6 6 15 9 9
0.75 7.5 7.5
2.2 2.2 11
0 2 0.6 2 2 6 4 3.7 4 3.7 10 6 5.5 6
Output 330 400 750 1.5 1.5 1.5 Output
0.4 3.7 3.7 3.7
Acceleration/Deceleration r /min 1.0 Acceleration/Deceleration 2.2 5.5
1 0.3 1 0.75 1 3 2.2 2 1.5 2 5 3.7 3 3
Short-timerating
Short-time rating (10min) (15min) Short-time rating
Continuous rating 0
3400 5000 10000
0
3000 10000
0
3000 15000
0
3000 12000
0
2500 5000 10000 Continuous rating 0 0 0 0 0
r/min r/min r/min r/min 5500 r/min 1500 2500 10000 1500 6000 15000 1500 7500 15000 1500 4500 15000 1500 6000 15000
r/min r/min 3000 r/min r/min 2000 r/min
Short-time rating (5min) Short-time rating (15min) Short-time rating (15min) Short-time rating (15min) Short-time rating (3min)
(15min) (15min) Short-time rating (15min) Short-time rating (15min) Short-time rating (15min) Short-time rating (15min) Short-time rating (15min)
Standard output during acceleration/deceleration [kW] 2.2 0.75 1.5 2.2 7.5 Standard output during acceleration/deceleration [kW] 3.7 3.7 11 5.5 7.5
Actual acceleration/deceleration output (Note 4) [kW] 2.64 0.9 1.8 2.64 9 Actual acceleration/deceleration output (Note 4) [kW] 4.44 4.44 13.2 6.6 9
Continuous base rotation speed [r/min] 5000 3000 3000 3000 5500 Continuous base rotation speed [r/min] 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500
Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 10000 10000 15000 12000 10000 Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 10000 15000 15000 15000 15000
Continuous rated torque [N · m] 1.91 1.27 2.39 4.77 3.82 Continuous rated torque [N · m] 9.55 14.0 23.6 23.6 23.6
Rotor inertia [kg · m2] 0.00020 0.00078 0.00078 0.00138 0.00163 Rotor inertia [kg · m2] 0.005 0.0068 0.0085 0.0088 0.0088
(Note 2)
(Note 2)
(Note 2)
(Note 2)
(Note 2)
110 120 120 160 136 165 195 230 225 225
f159.5 (Note 2)
f109.5 (Note 2)
f109.5 (Note 2)
f109.5 (Note 2)
f114.5 (Note 2)
f159.5 (Note 2)
f159.5 (Note 2)
f159.5 (Note 2)
f159.5 (Note 2)
f89.5 (Note 2)
Outline dimension Outline dimension

[mm] [mm]
f28
f42
f42
f42
f52
f60
f60
f60
f60
f60
drawing drawing
Stator [kg] 1.9 2.2 2.2 3.9 3.0 Stator [kg] 7.1 10 13 13 13
Mass Mass
Rotor [kg] 0.5 0.9 0.9 1.7 1.5 Rotor [kg] 2.9 4.1 5.1 5.2 5.2
Built-in spindle motor type (Note 1) SJ-2B4112T SJ-2B4111T SJ-2B4105T SJ-2B4102T SJ-2B4201T Built-in kW
spindle motor type (Note 1) SJ-2B4310T SJ-2B4301T SJ-2B4327T SJ-2B4340T
Compatible Compatible30
MDS-D2-SP- 40 80 80 80 40 MDS-D2-SP- 80 160 160 200
20 18.5
kW kW kW kW kW 13 kW kW kW kW
3 9 6 6 3 10 9 9 15 15

7.5
2.2 2.2 11 11
2 6 5.5 4 3.7 4 3.7 2 6 5.5 6 5.5 10 10
1.5 1.5 Output 0 330 400 750 3.7 3.7
7.5 7.5
Output 3.7 2.2 r /min 5.5
1 3 2 2 1 Acceleration/Deceleration 3 3 5 5
Short-time rating 1.1
Short-time
rating (15min)
Continuous rating
0
2500 10000
0
6000 10000
0
3000 12000 15000
0
1500 6000 15000
0
1500 6000 15000 Continuous rating 0 0 0 0
1500 4500 8000 1100 6000 8180 12000 1500 2200 6600 8000 1350 1500 7500 8000
r/min r/min r/min r/min r/min 1750 r/min 1500 r/min 1700 r/min r/min
Short-time rating (15min) Short-time rating (10min) Short-time rating (15min) Short-time rating (10min) Short-time rating (15min) Short-time rating (15min) Short-time rating (30min) Short-time rating (15min) Short-time rating (15min)
(30min) (30min) (30min)
Standard output during acceleration/deceleration [kW] 2.2 5.5 3.7 3.7 2.2 Standard output during acceleration/deceleration [kW] 5.5 7.5 11 11
Actual acceleration/deceleration output (Note 4) [kW] 2.64 6.6 4.44 4.44 2.64 Actual acceleration/deceleration output (Note 4) [kW] 6.6 9 13.2 13.2
Continuous base rotation speed [r/min] 2500 6000 3000 1500 1500 Continuous base rotation speed [r/min] 1750 1100 1700 1500
Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 10000 10000 15000 15000 15000 Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 8000 12000 8000 8000
Continuous rated torque [N · m] 5.73 5.89 7.00 7.00 9.55 Continuous rated torque [N · m] 20.2 32.1 30.9 47.7
Rotor inertia [kg · m2] 0.00168 0.00168 0.003 0.00425 0.005 Rotor inertia [kg · m2] 0.0128 0.0128 0.0175 0.0175
146 200 250 230 275 270

146 165 230
f127.5 (Note 2)
f127.5 (Note 2)
f127.5 (Note 2)
f127.5 (Note 2)
f159.5 (Note 2)
f179.5 (Note 2)
f179.5 (Note 2)
f179.5 (Note 2)
f179.5 (Note 2)
[mm] [mm]
f45
f45
f60
f75
f45
f75
f75
f75
f45
drawing drawing
Stator [kg] 4.1 4.1 7.4 10 7.1 Stator [kg] 15 15 20 20

Mass Mass
Rotor [kg] 1.7 1.7 3.0 4.3 2.9 Rotor [kg] 5.6 5.6 7.6 7.6
(Note 1) Please contact your Mitsubishi Electric dealer for the special products not listed above. (Note 1) Please contact your Mitsubishi Electric dealer for the special products not listed above.
(Note 2) These dimensions are the dimensions after machine machining. (Note 2) These dimensions are the dimensions after machine machining.
29
67 30
68

kW
Built-in spindle kW motor type (Note 1)
30 motor type (Note 1) SJ-2B4313TK SJ-2B4323TK SJ-2B4325TK Built-in spindle SJ-2B4304TK SJ-2B4318TK SJ-2B4412T
30
20 unit MDS-D2-SP-
spindle drive
18.5 160 200 240
spindle drive
MDS-D2-SP- 320 320 160
13 20 unit 18.5
13
10 kW Low-speed coil kW High-speed coil kW Low-speed coil kW High-speed coil kW Low-speed coil kW High-speed coil kW Low-speed coil kW kW Low-speed coil kW kW
10 High-speed coil High-speed coil
9 9 15 15 30 30 18 18 30 30 9
0 7.5 7.5 15 15
330 400 750 11 11 22 22
5.5 5.5 Output 0
r /min 6 6 10 10 20 20 330 400 750 12 12 20 18.5 20 18.5 6 5.5
Output 7.5 7.5 15 15 r /min 15
5.5 5.5 11 Acceleration/Deceleration 7.5 7.5 3.7
Short-time
%ED rating rating (10min) (15min)
3 3 5 5 10 10 Short-time
%ED rating rating (10min) (15min) 6 5.5 6 5.5 10 10 3
Short-time rating
Short-time rating
Continuous rating 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1000 2100 2100 8000 12000 1000 2100 2000 8000 12000 1450 4500 5200 4700 12000 Continuous rating 350 520 1500 750 6000 12000 900 1200 2500 3000 2500 10000 12000 1500 8180 10000
r/min r/min r/min r/min 2000 r/min r/min 450 700 r/min 1500 r/min r/min r/min r/min
Short-time rating (30min) Short-time rating (10min) (30min) %ED rating (25%ED) %ED rating (25%ED) %ED rating (25%ED)
Short-time rating (15min) Short-time rating (30min)
Standard output during acceleration/deceleration [kW] 7.5 7.5 11 11 15 22 Standard output during acceleration/deceleration [kW] 15 15 18.5 22 5.5
Actual acceleration/deceleration output (Note 4) [kW] 9 9 13.2 13.2 18 26.4 Actual acceleration/deceleration output (Note 4) [kW] 18 18 22.2 26.4 6.6
Continuous base rotation speed [r/min] 1000 2100 1000 2000 2000 4700 Continuous base rotation speed [r/min] 450 750 1200 2500 1500
Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 2100 12000 2000 12000 5200 12000 Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 1500 12000 3000 12000 10000
Continuous rated torque [N · m] 52.5 25.0 52.5 26.3 52.5 30.5 Continuous rated torque [N · m] 117 70.0 119 70.7 23.6
Rotor inertia [kg · m2] 0.0175 0.0175 0.0175 Rotor inertia [kg · m2] 0.028 0.028 0.0193
405 405
280 285 295
205
[mm] [mm] f179.5 f179.5
drawing f75 f179.5 f75 f179.5 f75 f179.5 drawing f75 f75 f85 f209.5
(Note 2) (Note 2) (Note 2) (Note 2) (Note 2)
Stator [kg] 20 20 20 Stator [kg] 33 33 15

Mass Mass
Rotor [kg] 7.6 7.6 7.6 Rotor [kg] 12 12 6.2
Built-in spindle motor type (Note 1) SJ-2B4303TK SJ-2B4326TK SJ-2B4311TK Built-in spindle motor type (Note 1) SJ-2B4501TK SJ-2B6611TK SJ-2B4502TK
MDS-D2-SP- 200 240 320 MDS-D2-SP- 200 200 320
kW Low-speed coil kW High-speed coil kW Low-speed coil kW High-speed coil kW Low-speed coil kW High-speed coil kW kW kW kW kW kW
18 18 21 21 30 36 Low-speed coil High-speed coil Low-speed coil High-speed coil Low-speed coil High-speed coil

15 18.5 30 18 18 18 18 30 30
22 15 15 15
15 22 22
Output 12 11 12 14 14 20 18.5 24 22 11 11 11 11
11 11 15 18.5 Output 12 12 12 12 20 20
Acceleration/Deceleration 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5
5.5 5.5 7.5 Acceleration/Deceleration 11 11
%ED rating 6 6 7 7 10 12 6 6 6 6 10 10
Short-time rating 7.5 7.5
Short-time rating
0 0 0 0 0 0 Continuous rating
Continuous rating 530 780 2300 3000 1250 8000 12000 770 1050 2500 1600 8000 12000 1060 1500 3150 3500 2570 9000 12000 0 0 0 0 0 0
2500 r/min 1260 r/min 3500 r/min 700 950 2250 1320 10000 460 1500 1030 5730 6000 525 1050 3000 1050 10000
680 r/min 1000 r/min 2700 r/min r/min 1800 r/min 500 r/min 1400 4200 r/min r/min 2100 r/min
%ED rating (40%ED) %ED rating (40%ED) %ED rating (15%ED)
Short-time rating (30min) Short-time rating (30min) Short-time rating (15min) Short-time rating (30min) Short-time rating (15min) (30min) Short-time rating (30min)
Standard output during acceleration/deceleration [kW] 11 15 15 18.5 22 30 Standard output during acceleration/deceleration [kW] 15 15 11 15 22 22
Actual acceleration/deceleration output (Note 4) [kW] 13.2 18 18 22.2 26.4 36 Actual acceleration/deceleration output (Note 4) [kW] 18 18 13.2 18 26.4 26.4
Continuous base rotation speed [r/min] 680 1250 1000 1600 1500 2570 Continuous base rotation speed [r/min] 700 1320 500 1030 525 1050
Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 3000 12000 2500 12000 3500 12000 Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 2250 10000 1500 6000 3000 10000
Continuous rated torque [N · m] 77.2 42.0 71.6 44.8 95.5 68.7 Continuous rated torque [N · m] 102 54.3 143 69.5 136 68.2
380
335 335 345 320 320

[mm] [mm]
drawing f75 f179.5 f75 f179.5 f75 f179.5 drawing f95 f229.5 f110 f254.5 f95 f229.5
(Note 2) (Note 2) (Note 2) (Note 2) (Note 2) (Note 2)

Mass Mass
Rotor [kg] 9.8 9.8 9.8 Rotor [kg] 18 19 24
31
69 32
70

Built-in spindle motor type (Note 1) SJ-2B6602TK SJ-2B4601TK SJ-2B6605TK Built-in spindle motor type (Note 1) SJ-2B4511TK SJ-2B6720TK SJ-2B6705TK
MDS-D2-SP- 320 320 240 MDS-D2-SP- 320 320 200
kW Low-speed coil kW High-speed coil kW Low-speed coil kW High-speed coil kW Low-speed coil kW High-speed coil
kW Low-speed coil kW High-speed coil kW Low-speed coil kW High-speed coil kW Low-speed coil kW High-speed coil 36 36 30 30 15 15
30 30 30 30 18 18 30 26
26 26 15 15 22 22 11 11
22 22 22 22 22
11 11 24 24 20 20 10 10
Output 20 20 20 20 12 12 Output 15 7.5 7.5
15 15 15
Acceleration/Deceleration 11 11 %ED rating 12 12 10 10 5 5
Short-time rating 10 10 10 10 6 6 Short-time rating
Continuous rating Continuous rating 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 500 1200 2000 1200 4500 10000 500 700 1500 1550 4500 250 750 540 3500 4500
550 2000 1193 5500 8000 1250 3500 3000 10000 440 1000 1500 1000 4000 6000 600 r/min 1600 r/min r/min r/min 270 r/min r/min
r/min 1750 r/min r/min r/min r/min r/min
%ED rating (25%ED) %ED rating (15%ED) Short-time rating (15min) (30min)
Short-time rating (10min) (30min)
Standard output during acceleration/deceleration [kW] 15 22 26 26 15 15 Standard output during acceleration/deceleration [kW] 22 30 22 26 11 11
Actual acceleration/deceleration output (Note 4) [kW] 18 26.4 31.2 31.2 18 18 Actual acceleration/deceleration output (Note 4) [kW] 26.4 36 26.4 31.2 13.2 13.2
Continuous rated torque [N · m] 191 88.0 168 70.0 239 105 Continuous rated torque [N · m] 239 131 205 136 265 133
440 480 400

380 380
300

[mm] [mm] f229.5 f299.5 f299.5
drawing f110 f254.5 f95 f254.5 f110 f254.5 drawing f95 f130 f130
(Note 2) (Note 2) (Note 2) (Note 2)
(Note 2) (Note 2)

Mass Mass
Rotor [kg] 25 24 33 Rotor [kg] 34 26 38
kW
Built-in spindle kW motor type (Note 1)
30 motor type (Note 1) SJ-2B4503TK SJ-2B6603TK SJ-2B4602TK Built-in spindle SJ-2B6711TK SJ-2B6706TK SJ-2B6716TK
30
20 unit MDS-D2-SP-
spindle drive
18.5 320 320 320
spindle drive
MDS-D2-SP- 320 400 400
13 20 unit 18.5
13
10 kW Low-speed coil kW High-speed coil kW Low-speed coil kW High-speed coil kW Low-speed coil kW High-speed coil kW Low-speed coil kW High-speed coil kW Low-speed coil kW High-speed coil kW Low-speed coil kW High-speed coil
10
30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 36 36 36 36

0 30 30
330 400 750 22 22 22 22 22 0 22 22 26 26 26
r /min 20 20 20 20 20 18.5 20 18.5 Output 330 400 750 20 20 24 24 24 22 24 22
Output 15 15 15 15 r /min 15 15 18.5 18.5
11 Acceleration/Deceleration 11 11 15 15 15
%EDShort-time
rating rating (10min) (15min) 10
10 10 10 10 10 Short-time rating (10min)
%ED rating (15min)10 10 12 12 12 12
Short-time rating
Short-time rating
Continuous rating 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
475 2000 1250 5000 10000 600 1000 1500 1200 4200 6000 600 2000 1500 7000 10000 Continuous rating 355 500 1700 920 5000 450 2000 1080 6000 350 420 600 600 2800 4000
r/min r/min r/min r/min 720 r/min r/min 400 520 r/min 1350 r/min 630 r/min 1750 r/min r/min 700 3230 r/min
Short-time rating (30min) Short-time rating (30min) %ED rating (40%ED) %ED rating (25%ED) Short-time rating (30min) Short-time rating (10min) (30min)
Standard output during acceleration/deceleration [kW] 15 22 22 22 22 22 Standard output during acceleration/deceleration [kW] 22 22 26 30 26 30
Actual acceleration/deceleration output (Note 4) [kW] 18 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 Actual acceleration/deceleration output (Note 4) [kW] 26.4 26.4 31.2 36 31.2 36
Continuous rated torque [N · m] 221 115 239 119 245 118 Continuous rated torque [N · m] 263 114 318 133 409 350
445 445 405 405

440 390

[mm] f229.5 [mm] f299.5 f299.5
drawing f95 f110 f254.5 f254.5 drawing f130 f130 f299.5
(Note 2) (Note 2) f95 (Note 2) (Note 2) f145
(Note 2) (Note 2)

Mass Mass
Rotor [kg] 31 33 31 Rotor [kg] 37 38 35
33
71 34
72

Built-in spindle motor type (Note 1) SJ-2B6721TK SJ-2B6704TK SJ-2B6709TK Built-in spindle motor type (Note 1) SJ-2B6906TK SJ-2B6914TK
MDS-D2-SP- 320 320 400 MDS-D2-SP- 400 640
kW kW High-speed coil kW Low-speed coil kW High-speed coil kW Low-speed coil kW High-speed coil kW Low-speed coil kW High-speed coil kW Low-speed coil kW High-speed coil
Low-speed coil
36 36 36 36 36 36 45 45 36 60
30 30 30 37 30
25 45 25
Output 22 22 22 22 24 22 24 22 30
24 24 24 24 30 30 24 40
18.5 Output 22 30
Acceleration/Deceleration 15 15
12 12 12 12 12 12 Acceleration/Deceleration 15
15
15 12 20
%ED rating
Short-time rating
Short-time rating
0 0 0 0 0 0 Continuous rating 0 0 0 0
Continuous rating 500 1500 1500 3000 6000 350 475 1150 1200 3000 6000 350 1150 1500 1000 3000 6000 175 680 1000 600 1800 3300 240 1000 470 2100 3150 3300
r/min r/min 420 r/min r/min 420 r/min r/min r/min r/min r/min 700 r/min
Short-time rating (30min) %ED rating (25%ED) (40%ED) %ED rating (25%ED) Short-time rating (30min) Short-time rating (30min)
Standard output during acceleration/deceleration [kW] 22 30 22 30 22 30 Standard output during acceleration/deceleration [kW] 22 37 30 45
Actual acceleration/deceleration output (Note 4) [kW] 26.4 36 26.4 36 26.4 36 Actual acceleration/deceleration output (Note 4) [kW] 26.4 44.4 36 54
Continuous base rotation speed [r/min] 500 1500 475 1200 350 1000 Continuous base rotation speed [r/min] 175 600 240 470
Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 1500 6000 1150 6000 1500 6000 Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 1000 3300 1000 3300
Continuous rated torque [N · m] 353 140 302 175 409 210 Continuous rated torque [N · m] 819 477 995 508
Rotor inertia [kg · m2] 0.283 0.37 0.37 Rotor inertia [kg · m2] 1.105 1.105
470 450 555 520

390

[mm] f299.5 [mm] f369.5 f369.5
drawing f145 f299.5 f130 f130 f299.5 drawing f165 f165
(Note 2) (Note 2) (Note 2) (Note 2)
(Note 2)
Stator [kg] 70 83 83 Stator [kg] 143 143

Mass Mass
Rotor [kg] 35 49 49 Rotor [kg] 91 91
Built-in spindle motor type (Note 1) SJ-2B6802TK SJ-2B6905TK SJ-2B6908TK

Compatible
MDS-D2-SP- 640 320 320 SJ-PMB Series
spindle drive unit
Built-in spindle motor type (Note 1) SJ-PMB02215T-02 SJ-PMB04412T-B0 SJ-PMB14007T-01
kW Low-speed coil kW High-speed coil kW Low-speed coil kW High-speed coil kW Low-speed coil kW High-speed coil
45 45 30 30 36 36 Compatible
MDS-D2-SP- 240 200 320

37 37 26 26 30 22 spindle drive unit
30 30 22 22
30 30 20 20 24 22 15 24
Output kW kW kW kW kW
Low-speed coil High-speed coil Low-speed coil High-speed coil
%ED rating 15 15 10 10 12 12 9 9 9 18 18
7.5 7.5 15 15
Short-time rating
Continuous rating 6 5.5 6 5.5 6 5.5 12 12
0 0 0 0 0 0
340 1000 650 3200 420 1500 1000 4000 175 500 1000 450 1500 3300 Output 3.5 11 11
400 r/min r/min r/min r/min r/min r/min
%ED rating 3 3 3 6 6
%ED rating (25%ED) Short-time rating (30min) %ED rating (50%ED)
Short-time rating (30min) Continuous rating
0 0 0 0 0
1500 10000 1200 3000 3000 8000 750 1800 1800 6000
Standard output during acceleration/deceleration [kW] 37 37 26 26 22 30 r/min r/min r/min r/min r/min
Actual acceleration/deceleration output (Note 4) [kW] 44.4 44.4 31.2 31.2 26.4 36 %ED rating (50%ED) %ED rating (25%ED) %ED rating (15%ED)
Continuous base rotation speed [r/min] 400 650 420 1000 175 450
Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 1000 3200 1500 4000 1000 3300 Standard output during acceleration/deceleration [kW] 5.5 7.5 7.5 15 15
Continuous rated torque [N · m] 716 441 500 210 819 467 Actual acceleration/deceleration output (Note 4) [kW] 6.6 9 9 18 18
Rotor inertia [kg · m2] 0.675 0.853 1.105 Continuous base rotation speed [r/min] 1500 1200 3000 750 1800
550 465 545 Continuous rated torque [N · m] 22.3 43.8 17.5 140 58.4
Rotor inertia [kg · m2] 0.006 0.0162 0.0633
Outline dimension 250

[mm] f329.5 f369.5 f369.5 225
drawing f145 f165 f165 150
(Note 2) (Note 2) (Note 2)
Outline dimension
[mm]
drawing f60 f139.5 f70.6 f179.5 f95 f254.5
Stator [kg] 116 110 143

Mass
Rotor [kg] 72 70 91
(Note 1) Please contact your Mitsubishi Electric dealer for the special products not listed above.
(Note 2) These dimensions are the dimensions after machine machining. Stator [kg] 4.4 14.0 30
Mass
(Note 3) Only the combination designated in this manual can be used for the motor and drive unit. Always use the designated combination. Rotor [kg] 3.7 8.0 15
(Note 4) Actual acceleration/deceleration output is 1.2-fold of "Standard output during acceleration/deceleration" or "Short time rated output". (Note 1) Please contact your Mitsubishi Electric dealer for the special products not listed above.
(Note 2) These dimensions are the dimensions after machine machining.
35
73 36
74
Drive system Spindle motor 200V Tool spindle motor
HF-KP Series (Small capacity) HF Series

Motor type HF-KP46J  W09 HF-KP56J  W09 HF-KP96J  W09 HF Series
1-axis type MDS-D2-SP- 20 20 20 Tool spindle motor type HF  -A48
2020 2020 2020 HF75 HF105 HF54 HF104 HF154 HF224 HF204 HF354
Compatible 2-axis type (Note 2) MDS-D2-SP2-
4020 (M) 4020 (M) 4020 (M) 1-axis type MDS-D2-SP- 20 20 40 40 80 80 80 160
drive unit
SP- 20 20 20 4020 (L) 4020 (L) 8040 (L) 8040 (L) 8040 (L)
Regenerative resistor type MDS-DJ- Compatible 2020 2020 16080S (L)
SP2- 2020 2020 2020 2-axis type MDS-D2-SP2- 4040S 4040S 16080S (M) 16080S (M) 16080S (M)
spindle drive 4020 (M) 4020 (M) 16080 (L)
8040 (M) 8040 (M) 8080 8080 8080
[N · m] 8 unit
6.50 Regenerative SP- 20 20 20 40 80 80 80 −
MDS-DJ-
6 5.00 resistor type SP2- 2020 2020 2020 − − − − −
Output
Rated torque 4 [N · m] 100
Max. torque 2.50
2 1.43
0.80 80 74.5
0.64
0 Output 60
Rated torque 46.5 46.5
Rated output [kW] 0.40 0.50 0.90 Max. torque 40 33.9
23.3
Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 6000 6000 6000 20 12.1 11.1
7.0 8.1 3.2 4.8 7.0 6.4
Motor inertia [kg · cm2] 0.24 0.42 1.43 1.8 2.4 1.6
0
Degree of protection(The shaft-through portion is excluded.) IP67 IP67 IP67
Rated output [kW] 0.75 1.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.2 2.0 3.5
60 60 80 Rated rotation speed [r/min] 4000 3000
Motor inertia [kg · cm2] 2.6 5.1 6.1 11.9 17.8 23.7 38.3 75.0
Degree of protection IP67 (The shaft-through portion is excluded.)

118.7 140.6 149.1
Outline dimension
[mm]
drawing (flange type)

Mass [kg] 1.2 1.7 2.9
Flange fitting diameter [mm] f 80 f 80 f 110 f 110 f 110 f 110 f 114.3 f 114.3
HF-SP Series (Medium capacity) Shaft diameter [mm] f 14 f 14 f 24 f 24 f 24 f 24 f 35 f 35
Motor type HF-SP226J  W09 HF-SP406J  W09


1-axis type MDS-D2-SP- 80 160 HF Series
Tool spindle motor type HF  -A48
8040 (L)
Compatible HF123 HF223 HF303 HF453 HF703 HF903
2-axis type (Note 2) MDS-D2-SP2- 8080 16080S (L)
drive unit 1-axis type MDS-D2-SP- 20 40 80 160 160 320
16080S (M)
Regenerative resistor type MDS-DJ-SP- – – 4020 (L) 8040 (L)
Compatible 2020
2-axis type MDS-D2-SP2- 4040S 16080S (M) 16080S (L) 16080S (L) −
spindle drive 4020 (M)
8040 (M) 8080
[N · m] 60 unit
50.0 Regenerative SP- 20 40 80 − − −
50 MDS-DJ-
resistor type SP2- 2020 − − − − −
40 [N · m] 200
Output
171.0
Rated torque 30
Max. torque 22.0 150
20 Output 116.5
10 6.37 Rated torque 100 89.3
3.50 Max. torque 64.0
0 50 32.0
17.0 22.3 28.7
5.7 10.5 14.3 14.3
Rated output [kW] 2.2 4.0 0
Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 6000 6000 Rated output [kW] 1.2 2.2 3.0 4.5 7.0 9.0
Motor inertia [kg · cm2] 11.9 23.7 Rated rotation speed [r/min] 2000 3000
Degree of protection (The shaft-through portion is excluded.) IP67 IP67 Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 2000 3000
Motor inertia [kg · cm2] 11.9 23.7 75.0 112.0 154.0 196.0
130 130

140.5 184.5
Outline dimension
[mm]
drawing (flange type)
Flange fitting diameter [mm] f 110 f 110

Shaft diameter [mm] f 24 f 24
Flange fitting diameter [mm] f 110 f 110 f 114.3 f 114.3 f 114.3 f 180
Mass [kg] 6.8 10 f 24 f 24 f 35 f 35 f 35 f 42
Shaft diameter [mm]
(Note 1) This motor produces heat of about 100°C during high-speed rotation even when no load is connected. Mount the motor on a machine-side flange which has an appropriate size (Note 1) The above characteristics values are representative values. The maximum current and maximum torque are the values when combined with the drive unit.
for sufficient heat dissipation. (Note 2) Only the combination designated in this manual can be used for the motor and drive unit. Always use the designated combination.
37
75 38
76
Drive system Servo motor 400V HF-H Series
MEMO HF-H Series

Servo motor type HF-H75 HF-H105 HF-H54 HF-H104 HF-H154
1-axis type MDS-DH2-V1- 10 10 20 20 40
Compatible
2010 (L) 2010 (L) 4020 (L)
servo drive 1010 1010
2-axis type MDS-DH2-V2- 2020 2020 4040
unit 2010 (M) 2010 (M)
4020 (M) 4020 (M) 8040 (M)
[N · m] 50
42.0
40
Output 30
Stall torque 23.3
Maximum torque 20
11.0 13.0
10
8.0 9.0
3.0 2.9 5.9
2.0
0
Rated output [kW] 0.75 1.0 0.5 1.0 1.5
Motor inertia with brake [kg · cm2] 2.8 5.3 8.3 14.1 20.0

(flange type)
[mm]
(Note) The total length will be 3.5mm
longer when using an A51 or
A74N detector.
Flange fitting diameter [mm] f 80 f 80 f 110 f 110 f 110

Absolute position 16,000,000 [p/rev] (A74/A74N)
detector compatible 1,000,000 [p/rev] (A51) DH2 DH2 DH2 DH2 DH2
drive unit 260,000 [p/rev] (A48)
Servo motor type HF-H204 HF-H354 HF-H453 HF-H703 HF-H903

1-axis type MDS-DH2-V1- 40 80 80 80W 160
Compatible
4020 (L) 8040 (L) 8040 (L)
servo drive
2-axis type MDS-DH2-V2- 4040 8080 8080 8080W –
unit
8040 (M) 8080W 8080W
[N · m] 210
208.0
180
152.0
150
Output 122.0
120
Stall torque 90.0
Maximum torque 90
60 58.8
47.0 49.0
Drive system Servo motor 400V HF-H Series

37.2
30 13.7 22.5
0
Rated output [kW] 2.0 3.5 4.5 7.0 9.0
Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 4000 3500 3000
Motor inertia with brake [kg · cm2] 48.0 84.7 121.7 163.7 205.7

(flange type)
[mm]
(Note) The total length will be 3.5mm
longer when using an A51 or
A74N detector.
Flange fitting diameter [mm] f 114.3 f 114.3 f 114.3 f 114.3 f 180

Absolute position 16,000,000 [p/rev] (A74/A74N)
detector compatible 1,000,000 [p/rev] (A51) DH2 DH2 DH2 DH2 DH2
drive unit 260,000 [p/rev] (A48)
39
77 40
78
Drive system Spindle motor 400V SJ-4-V Series
SJ-4-V Series (Normal) SJ-4-V Series (Normal)

Spindle motor type SJ-4-V2.2-03T SJ-4-V3.7-03T SJ-4-V3.7-05ZT SJ-4-V5.5-07T SJ-4-V7.5-12T SJ-4-V7.5-13ZT Spindle motor type SJ-4-V26-08T SJ-4-V30-15ZT SJ-4-V37-04T SJ-4-V45-02T SJ-4-V55-03T
Compatible spindle Compatible spindle
MDS-DH2-SP- 20 20 20 40 40 80 MDS-DH2-SP- 160 160 200 320 320
kW kW kW kW kW
kW kW kW kW kW kW 30 60 60 60
55
7.5 7.5 30 26
6 6 6 8 8.0 8.0
22 22 45 45
3.7 3.7 6 5.5 6.0 5.5 6.0 5.5 20 20 18.5 40 37 40 37 40
4 4 4
Output 4 3.7 4.0 4.0
Output 30
2.2 2.2 2.2
Short-time rating 2 1.5 2 2 2 2.0 2.0
Short-time rating
0 0 0 0
1500 6000 10000 1500 6000 10000 3000 12000 15000 1500 6000 8000 1500 6000 8000 1500 10000 12000 0 0 0 0 0
r / min r/min r / min r/min r/min r/min 1500 6000 1500 8000 1150 3450 1500 3450 1150 3450
Short-time rating (15min) Short-time rating (15min) Short-time rating (15min) Short-time rating (30min) Short-time rating (30min) Short-time rating (30min) r / min r / min r / min r / min r / min
Short-time rating (30min) Short-time rating (30min) Short-time rating (30min) Short-time rating (30min) Short-time rating (30min)
Standard output during acceleration/deceleration [kW] 2.2 3.7 3.7 5.5 7.5 7.5 Standard output during acceleration/deceleration [kW] 26 22 37 45 55
Actual acceleration/deceleration output (Note 2) [kW] 2.64 4.44 4.44 6.6 9 9 Actual acceleration/deceleration output (Note 2) [kW] 31.2 26.4 44.4 54 66
Base rotation speed [r/min] 1500 3000 1500 Base rotation speed [r/min] 1500 1150 1500 1150
Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 10000 15000 8000 12000 Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 6000 8000 3450
Continuous rated torque [N · m] 9.5 14.0 7.0 23.5 35.0 35.0 Continuous rated torque [N · m] 140 118 249 236 374
Inertia [kg · m2] 0.007 0.009 0.007 0.015 0.025 0.025 Inertia [kg · m2] 0.10 0.08 0.31 0.55 0.85
Degree of protection IP44 IP44 IP44 IP44 IP44 IP44 Degree of protection IP44 IP44 IP44 IP44 IP44

drawing [mm] drawing [mm]
(flange type) (flange type)
Flange fitting diameter [mm] f 150 f 150 f 150 f 150 f 180 f 180 Flange fitting diameter [mm] f 230 f 230 f 300 f 300 f 450
Shaft diameter [mm] f 28 f 28 f 28 f 28 f 32 f 32 Shaft diameter [mm] f 55 f 55 f 60 f 60 f 75
Mass [kg] 25 30 25 49 60 60 Mass [kg] 155 155 280 390 450
Spindle motor type

Compatible spindle
SJ-4-V11-18T SJ-4-V11-23ZT SJ-4-V15-18T SJ-4-V18.5-14T SJ-4-V22-15T SJ-4-V22-18ZT
SJ-4-V Series (Wide range constant output)
MDS-DH2-SP- 80 100 100 100 160 160
drive unit
Spindle motor type SJ-4-V11-21T SJ-4-V15-20T SJ-4-V18.5-17T SJ-4-V22-16T
kW kW kW kW kW kW Compatible spindle
20
18.5 30 MDS-DH2-SP- 80 100 160 160
15 20 20 30 drive unit
15 11 15 15 22
15 15
11 10 11 20 18.5 20 kW kW kW kW
Output 10 7.5 10 10
15
7.5 11 15 15 15 30
5 5 5 11
0 0 0 0 0 Output 7.5 7.5 9 15
1500 4500 6000 1500 4500 6000 0
1500 8000 1500 4500 6000 1500 4500 6000 1500 8000
Short-time rating 5.5 11
r/min r / min r / min r / min r / min r / min 5 5 5 10
Short-time rating (30min) Short-time rating (30min) Short-time rating (30min) Short-time rating (30min) Short-time rating (30min) Short-time rating (30min) Continuous rating
0 0 0 0
750 6000 750 6000 750 6000 750 6000
Standard output during acceleration/deceleration [kW] 11 11 15 18.5 22 15 r / min r / min r / min r / min
Actual acceleration/deceleration output (Note 2) [kW] 13.2 13.2 18 22.2 26.4 18 Short-time rating (30min) Short-time rating (30min) Short-time rating (30min) Short-time rating (30min)
Base rotation speed [r/min] 1500 Standard output during acceleration/deceleration [kW] 7.5 9 11 15
Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 6000 8000 6000 8000 Actual acceleration/deceleration output (Note 2) [kW] 9 10.8 13.2 18
Continuous rated torque [N · m] 47.7 47.7 70.0 95.5 118 70.0 Base rotation speed [r/min] 750

Inertia [kg · m2] 0.03 0.03 0.06 0.06 0.08 0.06 Maximum rotation speed [r/min] 6000
Degree of protection IP44 IP44 IP44 IP44 IP44 IP44 Continuous rated torque [N · m] 70.0 95.5 115 140
Inertia [kg · m2] 0.06 0.06 0.08 0.08
Outline dimension
drawing [mm]
(flange type)
Outline dimension
drawing [mm]
(flange type)
Flange fitting diameter [mm] f 180 f 180 f 230 f 230 f 230 f 230
Shaft diameter [mm] f 48 f 48 f 48 f 48 f 55 f 48
Mass [kg] 70 70 110 110 135 125 Flange fitting diameter [mm] f 230 f 230 f 230 f 230
(Note 1) Only the combination designated in this manual can be used for the motor and drive unit. Always use the designated combination. Shaft diameter [mm] f 48 f 48 f 55 f 55
Mass [kg] 110 135
(Note 3) The rated output is guaranteed at the rated input voltage (380 to 440VAC 50Hz / 380 to 480VAC 60Hz) to the power supply unit.
If the input voltage fluctuates and drops below 380VAC, the rated output may not be attained. (Note 1) Only the combination designated in this manual can be used for the motor and drive unit. Always use the designated combination.
(Note 3) The rated output is guaranteed at the rated input voltage (380 to 440VAC 50Hz / 380 to 480VAC 60Hz) to the power supply unit.
If the input voltage fluctuates and drops below 380VAC, the rated output may not be attained.
41
79 42
80
Drive system 200V MDS-D2-Vx Drive system 200V MDS-D2-SPx/CV
MDS-D2 Series MDS-D2 Series

1-axis servo drive unit 1-axis spindle drive unit
Drive unit type MDS-D2-V1-20 MDS-D2-V1-40 MDS-D2-V1-80 MDS-D2-V1-160 MDS-D2-V1-160W MDS-D2-V1-320 MDS-D2-V1-320W Drive unit type MDS-D2-SP-20 MDS-D2-SP-40 MDS-D2-SP-80 MDS-D2-SP-160 MDS-D2-SP-200 MDS-D2-SP-240 MDS-D2-SP-320 MDS-D2-SP-400 MDS-D2-SP-640
Drive unit category 1-axis servo Drive unit category 1-axis spindle
Nominal maximum current (peak) [A] 20 40 80 160 160 320 320 Nominal maximum current (peak) [A] 20 40 80 160 200 240 320 400 640
Rated voltage [V] 270 to 311DC Rated voltage [V] 270 to 311DC
Power input Power input
Rated current [A] 7 7 14 30 35 45 55 Rated current [A] 7 13 20 41 76 95 140 150 210
Voltage [V] 200AC (50Hz) / 200 to 230AC (60Hz) Tolerable fluctuation: between +10% and -15% Voltage [V] 200AC (50Hz) / 200 to 230AC (60Hz) Tolerable fluctuation: between +10% and -15%
Control Control
Current [A] MAX. 0.2 Current [A] MAX. 0.2
power input power input
Frequency [Hz] 50/60 Tolerable fluctuation: between +3% and -3% Frequency [Hz] 50/60 Tolerable fluctuation: between +3% and -3%
Control method Sine wave PWM control method Control method Sine wave PWM control method
Dynamic brakes Built-in External Cooling method Forced wind cooling
Machine end detector Compatible Mass [kg] 3.8 3.8 3.8 4.5 5.8 6.5 7.5 16.5 16.5
Cooling method Forced wind cooling Unit outline dimension drawing A1 A1 A1 B1 C1 D1 D2 E1 F1
Mass [kg] 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 4.5 5.8 7.5
Unit outline dimension drawing A1 A1 A1 A1 B1 C1 D1
2-axis spindle drive unit

Drive unit type MDS-D2-SP2-2020 MDS-D2-SP2-4020 MDS-D2-SP2-4040S MDS-D2-SP2-8040 MDS-D2-SP2-8080 MDS-D2-SP2-16080S
2-axis servo drive unit Drive unit category 2-axis spindle
Drive unit type MDS-D2-V2-2020 MDS-D2-V2-4020 MDS-D2-V2-4040 MDS-D2-V2-8040 MDS-D2-V2-8080 MDS-D2-V2-16080 MDS-D2-V2-160160 MDS-D2-V2-160160W Nominal maximum current (peak) [A] 20/20 40/20 40/40 80/40 80/80 160/80
Drive unit category 2-axis servo Rated voltage [V] 270 to 311DC
Power input
Nominal maximum current (peak) [A] 20/20 40/20 40/40 80/40 80/80 160/80 160/160 160/160 Rated current [A] 14 (7/7) 20 (13/7) 26 (13/13) 33 (20/13) 40 (20/20) 61 (41/20)
Rated voltage [V] 270 to 311DC Voltage [V] 200AC (50Hz) / 200 to 230AC (60Hz) Tolerable fluctuation: between +10% and -15%
Power input Control
Rated current [A] 14 (7/7) 14 (7/7) 14 (7/7) 21 (14/7) 28 (14/14) 44 (30/14) 60 (30/30) 70 (35/35) Current [A] MAX. 0.2
power input
Voltage [V] 200AC (50Hz) / 200 to 230AC (60Hz) Tolerable fluctuation: between +10% and -15% Frequency [Hz] 50/60 Tolerable fluctuation: between +3% and -3%
Control
Current [A] MAX. 0.2 Control method Sine wave PWM control method
power input
Frequency [Hz] 50/60 Tolerable fluctuation: between +3% and -3% Cooling method Forced wind cooling
Control method Sine wave PWM control method Mass [kg] 4.5 4.5 4.5 5.2 6.5 5.2
Dynamic brakes Built-in Unit outline dimension drawing A1 A1 A1 B1 C1 B1
Machine end detector Compatible
Cooling method Forced wind cooling
Mass [kg] 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 5.2 5.2 6.3
Unit outline dimension drawing A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 B1 B1 C1 Power supply unit
Power supply unit type MDS-D2-CV-37 MDS-D2-CV-75 MDS-D2-CV-110 MDS-D2-CV-185 MDS-D2-CV-300 MDS-D2-CV-370 MDS-D2-CV-450 MDS-D2-CV-550
Rated output [kW] 11.0 18.5 30.0 37.0 45.0 55.0
Rated voltage [V] 200AC (50Hz) / 200 to 230AC (60Hz) Tolerable fluctuation: between +10% and -15%
3-axis servo drive unit Power input
Rated current [A] 35 65 107 121 148 200
Drive unit type MDS-D2-V3-202020 MDS-D2-V3-404040 Voltage [V] 200AC (50Hz) / 200 to 230AC (60Hz) Tolerable fluctuation: between +10% and -15%
Control
Drive unit category 3-axis servo Current [A] under MAX. 0.2
power input
Nominal maximum current (peak) [A] 20/20/20 40/40/40 Frequency [Hz] development 50/60 Tolerable fluctuation: between +3% and -3%
Rated voltage [V] 270 to 311DC Regeneration method Power regeneration method
Power input
Rated current [A] 21 (7/7/7) 21 (7/7/7) Cooling method Forced wind cooling
Voltage [V] 200AC (50Hz) / 200 to 230AC (60Hz) Tolerable fluctuation: between +10% and -15% Mass [kg] 6.0 6.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 25.5
Control
Current [A] MAX. 0.2 Unit outline dimension drawing B1 B1 D1 D1 D2 F1
power input
Frequency [Hz] 50/60 Tolerable fluctuation: between +3% and -3%
Control method Sine wave PWM control method
Dynamic brakes Built-in
Machine end detector Compatible AC reactor
Drive system 200V MDS-D2-Vx
Drive system 200V MDS-D2-SPx/CV

Cooling method Forced wind cooling AC reactor model D-AL-7.5K D-AL-11K D-AL-18.5K D-AL-30K D-AL-37K D-AL-45K D-AL-55K
Mass [kg] 3.8 3.8 Compatible power
MDS-D2-CV- 37, 75 110 185 300 370 450 550
Unit outline dimension drawing A0 A0 supply unit type
Rated capacity [kW] 7.5 11 18.5 30 37 45 55
Rated current [A] 27 40 66 110 133 162 200
Mass [kg] 4.2 3.7 5.3 6.1 8.6 9.7 11.5
Unit outline dimension drawing R1 R1 R2 R2 R3 R3 R4
43
81 44
82
Drive system 400V MDS-DH2 Series Drive system Drive unit outline dimension drawing
[Unit : mm]
MDS-DH2 Series
A0 A1
1-axis servo drive unit
Drive unit type MDS-DH2-V1-10 MDS-DH2-V1-20 MDS-DH2-V1-40 MDS-DH2-V1-80 MDS-DH2-V1-80W MDS-DH2-V1-160 MDS-DH2-V1-160W MDS-DH2-V1-200
Drive unit category 1-axis servo
Nominal maximum current (peak) [A] 10 20 40 80 80 160 160 200
(80)
380
360
350
Rated voltage [V] 513 to 648DC (80)
360
380
350
Power input
Rated current [A] 0.9 1.6 2.9 6.0 8.0 11.9 16.7 39.0
Voltage [V] 380 to 440AC (50Hz) / 380 to 480AC (60Hz) Tolerable fluctuation: between +10% and -15%
Control
Current [A] MAX. 0.1
power input
60 200
Control method Sine wave PWM control method 60 200 60
Dynamic brakes Built-in External (MDS-D-DBU)
Degree of protection IP20 ([over all] / IP00 [Terminal block TE1])
Mass [kg] 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 4.5 5.8 7.5 16.5
Unit outline dimension drawing A1 A1 A1 A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 B1 C1 D1
2-axis servo drive unit

Drive unit type MDS-DH2-V2-1010 MDS-DH2-V2-2010 MDS-DH2-V2-2020 MDS-DH2-V2-4020 MDS-DH2-V2-4040 MDS-DH2-V2-8040 MDS-DH2-V2-8080 MDS-DH2-V2-8080W
(80) (80)
Drive unit category 2-axis servo (80)
360
380
350
380
350
380
350
360
360
Nominal maximum current (peak) [A] 10/10 20/10 20/20 40/20 40/40 80/40 80/80 80/80
Rated voltage [V] 513 to 648DC
Power input
Rated current [A] 1.8 (0.9/0.9) 2.5 (1.6/0.9) 3.2 (1.6 /1.6) 4.5 (2.9/1.6) 5.8 (2.9/2.9) 8.9 (6.0/2.9) 12 (6.0/6.0) 16 (8.0/8.0)
Control
Current [A] MAX. 0.1 150 200 60
power input 90 200 60 120 200 60
Control method Sine wave PWM control method · Current control method
Dynamic brakes Built-in
Degree of protection IP20
Mass [kg] 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 5.2 5.2 6.3 D2 E1 F1
Unit outline dimension drawing A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 B1 B1 C1
1-axis spindle drive unit

Drive unit type MDS-DH2-SP-20 MDS-DH2-SP-40 MDS-DH2-SP-80 MDS-DH2-SP-100 MDS-DH2-SP-160 MDS-DH2-SP-200 MDS-DH2-SP-320 MDS-DH2-SP-480 (80) (80)
360
380
350
(80)
360
380
360
380
Drive unit category 1-axis spindle
Nominal maximum current (peak) [A] 20 40 80 100 160 200 320 480
Rated voltage [V] 513 to 648DC
Power input
Rated current [A] 10 15 21 38 72 82 119 150
Voltage [V] 380 to 440AC (50Hz) / 380 to 480AC (60Hz) Tolerable fluctuation: between +10% and -15% 300 210 92
Control 150 200 67 240 210 92
power input
Degree of protection IP20 ([over all] / IP00 [Terminal block TE1])
Mass [kg] 3.8 4.5 4.5 5.8 7.5 16.5 16.5 22.5
Unit outline dimension drawing A1 A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 E1 F1
(Note) Rated output capacity and rated speed of the motor used in combination with the drive unit are as indicated when using the power supply voltage and frequency listed.
The torque drops when the voltage is less than specified.
Power supply unit

Drive system 400V MDS-DH2 Series
Drive system Drive unit outline dimension drawing

Power supply unit type MDS-DH2-CV-37 MDS-DH2-CV-75 MDS-DH2-CV-110 MDS-DH2-CV-185 MDS-DH2-CV-300 MDS-DH2-CV-370 MDS-DH2-CV-450 MDS-DH2-CV-550 MDS-DH2-CV-750
Rated output [kW] 3.7 7.5 11.0 18.5 30.0 37.0 45.0 55.0 75.0
Rated voltage [V] 380 to 440AC (50Hz) / 380 to 480AC (60Hz) Tolerable fluctuation: between +10% and -15%
Power input
Rated current [A] 5.2 13 18 35 61 70 85 106 130
Control
power input
Main circuit method Converter with power regeneration circuit
Mass [kg] 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 25.5 25.5
Unit outline dimension drawing B1 B1 B1 B1 D1 D1 D1 F1 F1
AC reactor
AC reactor model DH-AL-7.5K DH-AL-11K DH-AL-18.5K DH-AL-30K DH-AL-37K DH-AL-45K DH-AL-55K DH-AL-75K
Compatible power
MDS-DH2-CV- 37, 75 110 185 300 370 450 550 750
supply unit type
Rated capacity [kW] 7.5 11 18.5 30 37 45 55 75
Rated voltage [V] 380 to 440AC (50Hz) / 380 to 480AC (60Hz) Tolerable fluctuation: between +10% and -15%
Rated current [A] 14 21 37 65 75 85 106 142
Mass [kg] 4.0 3.7 5.3 6.0 8.5 9.8 10.5 13.0
Unit outline dimension drawing R1 R1 R2 R2 R3 R3 R5 R6
45
83 46
84
Drive system 200V MDS-DM2 Series Drive system 200V MDS-DJ Series
MDS-DM2 Series MDS-DJ Series

Multi-hybrid drive All-in-one compact servo drive unit
Drive unit type MDS-DM2-SPV2-10080 MDS-DM2-SPV2-16080 MDS-DM2-SPV2-20080 Drive unit type MDS-DJ-V1-10 MDS-DJ-V1-15 MDS-DJ-V1-30 MDS-DJ-V1-40 MDS-DJ-V1-80 MDS-DJ-V1-100
Drive unit category 2-axis servo, 1-axis spindle (with converter) Drive unit category 1-axis servo (with converter)
Nominal maximum current (spindle/servo) [A] 100/80×2 160/80×2 200/80×2 Nominal maximum current (peak) [A] 10 15 30 40 80 100
Rated voltage [V] 200AC (50Hz) / 200 to 230AC (60Hz) Tolerable fluctuation: between +10% and -15% Rated voltage [V] 200AC (50Hz) / 200 to 230AC (60Hz) Tolerable fluctuation: between +10% and -15%
Power input Power input
Rated current [A] 33 43 55 Rated current [A] 1.5 2.9 3.8 5.0 10.5 16.0
Voltage [V] 24DC Tolerable fluctuation: between +10% and -10% Voltage [V] 200AC (50Hz) / 200 to 230AC (60Hz) Tolerable fluctuation: between +10% and -15%
Control Control
Current [A] MAX. 4 Current [A] MAX. 0.2
power input power input
Frequency [Hz] 50/60 Tolerable fluctuation: between +3% and -3% Frequency [Hz] 50/60 Tolerable fluctuation: between +5% and -5%
Control method Sine wave PWM control method Control method Sine wave PWM control method
Regeneration method Power regeneration method Regeneration method Power regeneration method
Dynamic brakes (servo) Built-in Dynamic brakes Built-in
Machine end detector (servo) Compatible Machine end detector Compatible
Cooling method Forced wind cooling Cooling method Natural cooling Forced wind cooling
Mass [kg] 14.5 14.5 14.5 Mass [kg] 0.8 1.0 1.4 2.3 2.3 2.3
Unit outline dimension drawing J1 J2 J3 J4a J4a J4b
Drive unit type MDS-DM2-SPV3-10080 MDS-DM2-SPV3-16080 MDS-DM2-SPV3-20080 MDS-DM2-SPV3-200120 MDS-DM2-SPHV3-20080
Drive unit category 3-axis servo, 1-axis spindle (with converter) Drive unit type MDS-DJ-V2-3030
Nominal maximum current (spindle/servo) [A] 100/80×3 160/80×3 200/80×3 200/120×3 200/80×3 Drive unit category 2-axis servo (with converter)
Rated voltage [V] 200AC (50Hz) / 200 to 230AC (60Hz) Tolerable fluctuation: between +10% and -15% Nominal maximum current (peak) [A] 30/30
Power input
Rated current [A] 38 48 60 65 60 Rated voltage [V] 200AC (50Hz) / 200 to 230AC (60Hz) Tolerable fluctuation: between +10% and -15%
Power input
Voltage [V] 24DC Tolerable fluctuation: between +10% and -10% Rated current [A] 3.8/3.8
Control
Current [A] MAX. 4 Voltage [V] 200AC (50Hz) / 200 to 230AC (60Hz) Tolerable fluctuation: between +10% and -15%
power input Control
Frequency [Hz] 50/60 Tolerable fluctuation: between +3% and -3% Current [A] 50/60 Tolerable fluctuation: between +5% and -5%
power input
Control method Sine wave PWM control method Frequency [Hz] MAX. 0.4
Regeneration method Power regeneration method Control method Sine wave PWM control method
Dynamic brakes (servo) Built-in Regeneration method Power regeneration method
Machine end detector (servo) Compatible Dynamic brakes Built-in
Cooling method Forced wind cooling Machine end detector Not compatible
Mass [kg] 15 15 15 15 15 Cooling method Forced wind cooling
Mass [kg] 1.5
Unit outline dimension drawing JW1
Unit outline dimension drawing All-in-one compact spindle drive unit

Drive unit type MDS-DJ-SP-20 MDS-DJ-SP-40 MDS-DJ-SP-80 MDS-DJ-SP-100 MDS-DJ-SP-120 MDS-DJ-SP-160
Drive unit category 1-axis spindle (with converter)
Nominal maximum current (peak) [A] 20 40 80 100 120 160
Drive unit MDS-DM2-SPV- [Unit : mm]
Power input
Rated current [A] 2.6 9.0 10.5 16.0 26.0 35.4
Voltage [V] 200AC (50Hz) / 200 to 230AC (60Hz) Tolerable fluctuation: between +10% and -15%
Control
60 140 60 Current [A] MAX. 0.2
power input
80 Frequency [Hz] 50/60 Tolerable fluctuation: between +5% and -5%
10
40

Regeneration method Power regeneration method
Mass [kg] 1.4 2.1 2.3 4.0 4.0 6.2
360
Unit outline dimension drawing J3 J4a J4b J5 J5 J6

380
Drive system 200V MDS-DM2 Series
Drive system 200V MDS-DJ Series

Drive unit type MDS-DJ-SP2-2020
Drive unit category 2-axis spindle (with converter)
40
Nominal maximum current (peak) [A] 20/20

180 96
260 Rated voltage [V] 200AC (50Hz) / 200 to 230AC (60Hz) Tolerable fluctuation: between +10% and -15%
Power input
Rated current [A] 2.6/2.6
Voltage [V] 200AC (50Hz) / 200 to 230AC (60Hz) Tolerable fluctuation: between +10% and -15%
Control
power input
Regeneration method Power regeneration method
Mass [kg] 1.5
Unit outline dimension drawing JW1
47
85 48
86
MDS-DJ Series MEMO
Unit outline dimension drawing
[Unit : mm]

49
87 50
88
Drive system Selection
Selection of the power supply unit (b) Spindle rated output

The spindle rated output is calculated from the following expression.
For the power supply unit, calculate the spindle motor output and servo motor output each, and select the
capacity satisfying the required rated capacity and the maximum momentary output.
Spindle rated output
Use of “Servo selection software” is recommended as a tool.
=Spindle motor rated output × motor output coefficient γ of the combined spindle drive unit
■Calculation of spindle output

For the spindle motor rated output of the above expression, use the value calculated in (a).
The spindle rated output and spindle maximum momentary rated output are calculated. For the motor output coefficient γ of the combined spindle drive unit, use the value corresponding to the used
spindle drive unit in the following table.
(1) Calculation of spindle rated output
The spindle rated output is calculated according to the following procedure. Motor output coefficient list of combined spindle drive unit
MDS-D2 Series
(a) Spindle motor rated output Spindle motor Combined spindle drive unit MDS-D2-SP-
rated output 20 40 80 160 200 240 320 400 640
The spindle motor rated output is calculated from the following expression.
~ 1.5kW 1.00 1.15 1.25 − − − − − −
~ 2.2kW − 1.00 1.15 1.30 − − − − −
Spindle motor rated output = ~ 3.7kW − 1.00 1.05 1.20 − − − − −
~ 5.5kW − − 1.00 1.10 1.20 − − − −
MAX (continuous rated output, short-time rated output × short-time rated output ~ 7.5kW − − − 1.00 1.15 1.20 − − −
coefficient α, %ED rated output × %ED rated output coefficient β) ~ 11.0kW − − − 1.00 1.05 1.10 1.15 − −
~ 15.0kW − − − − 1.00 1.05 1.10 − −
~ 18.5kW − − − − 1.00 1.00 1.05 1.10 −
(Note) For the spindle motor rated output, use the maximum value of "continuous rated output", ~ 22kW − − − − − 1.00 1.00 1.05 1.15
~ 26kW − − − − − − 1.00 1.00 1.10
"short-time rated output × short-time rated output coefficient α", and "%ED rated output × ~ 30kW − − − − − − 1.00 1.00 1.05
%ED rated output coefficient β". ~ 37kW − − − − − − − 1.00 1.05
~ 45kW − − − − − − − − 1.0
~ 55kW − − − − − − − − 1.0
For the spindle short-time rated output coefficient α, use the value in the following table.
MDS-DH2 Series
List of short-time rated output time and short-time rated output coefficient Spindle motor Combined spindle drive unit MDS-DH2-SP-
rated output 20 40 80 100 160 200 320 480
Short-time rated output time Short-time rated output coefficient α Short-time rated output time Short-time rated output coefficient α
~ 2.2kW 1.00 1.15 1.30 − − − − −
1 minute 0.2 5 minutes 0.7
~ 3.7kW 1.00 1.05 1.20 − − − − −
2 minutes 0.4 6 to 7 minutes 0.8 ~ 5.5kW − 1.00 1.10 1.20 − − − −
3 minutes 0.5 8 to 9 minutes 0.9 ~ 7.5kW − − 1.00 1.15 − − − −
4 minutes 0.6 10 minutes or more 1.0 ~ 11.0kW − − 1.00 1.05 1.15 − − −
(Note 1) Select the set time for the short-time rated output of your spindle motor from the list. ~ 15.0kW − − − 1.00 1.10 − − −
E.g.) When the set time for the short-time rated output is “1/12h”, it means “5 minutes”.
~ 18.5kW − − − 1.00 1.05 1.10 − −
(Note 2) For the motor with coil changeover specification, select the set time for the short-time rated output of the high-speed coil.
~ 22kW − − − − 1.00 1.05 1.15 −
~ 26kW − − − − 1.00 1.00 1.10 1.20
~ 30kW − − − − 1.00 1.00 1.05 1.15
For the %ED rated output coefficient β, use the value in the following table. ~ 37kW − − − − − 1.00 1.05 1.10
~ 45kW − − − − − − 1.00 1.05
~ 55kW − − − − − − 1.00 1.00
~ 75kW − − − − − − − 1.00
List of %ED rated output time and %ED rated output coefficient
%ED rated output time %ED rated output coefficient β
More than or equal to 10%
POINT

0.7
but less than 20% [1] When the spindle motor applies to the wide range constant output specification or the high-torque
More than or equal to 20%
but less than 30%
0.9 specification, the spindle rated output may become large.
More than or equal to 30% 1.0 [2] The spindle rated output is calculated from the motor output coefficient of the spindle drive unit used in
combination with the spindle motor.
(2) Calculation of spindle maximum momentary output

The spindle maximum momentary output is calculated from the following expression.
Spindle maximum momentary output

=MAX (short-time rated output × 1.2, output at acceleration/deceleration × 1.2)
(Note) For the spindle rated output, use the larger one of “short-time rated output × 1.2” and
“output at acceleration/deceleration × 1.2”.
89 90
■Calculation of servo motor output ■Selection of the power supply unit

(1) Selection with rated output Select the power supply unit from the total sum of the rate output and the maximum momentary output.
(2) Selection with maximum momentary output
For the rated output and maximum momentary output of the servo motor, use the value corresponding to the (1) Calculation of required rated output
servo motor in the following table. (a) When there is only one servo motor axis
Data for servo motor output selection Power supply unit rated capacity > Σ (Spindle rated output) + (Servo motor rated output)
200V series
Motor HF 75 105 54 104 154 224 204 354 (b) When there are two or more servo motor axes
Rated output (kW) 0.75 1.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.2 2.0 3.5
Maximum momentary output (kW) 2.6 3.6 2.3 5.0 9.0 12.3 8.0 18.0
Motor HF 123 223 303 453 703 903 142 302

Power supply unit rated capacity > Σ (Spindle rated output) + 0.7 Σ (Servo motor rated output)
Rated output (kW) 1.2 2.2 3.0 4.5 7.0 9.0 1.4 3.0
Maximum momentary output (kW) 4.0 7.5 12.0 22.0 28.0 41.0 3.8 7.4
Substitute the output calculated from (1) of “Calculation of spindle output” and (1) of “Calculation of servo motor
Motor HP 54 104 154 224 204 354 454 704 903 1103 output” to the expression (a) and (b), and calculate the total sum of the spindle rated output and servo motor rated
Rated output (kW) 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.2 2.0 3.5 4.5 7.0 9.0 11.0
Maximum momentary output. According to this, select the power supply unit satisfying the rated capacity from the following table.
2.3 4.3 8.0 11.0 11.0 15.0 21.0 27.0 33.0 50.0
output (kW)
Motor HF-KP 23 43 73
(2) Calculation of required maximum momentary output
Rated output (kW) 0.2 0.4 0.75
Maximum momentary output (kW) 0.72 1.72 2.85
400V series Maximum momentary rated capacity of power supply unit ≧

Motor HF 75 105 54 104 154 204 354 453 703 903 Σ (Spindle maximum momentary output) + Σ (Maximum momentary output of servo motor
Rated output (kW) 0.75 1.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.5 4.5 7.0 9.0
Maximum momentary output (kW) 2.6 3.6 2.3 5.0 9.0 8.0 18.0 22.0 28.0 41.0
accelerating / decelerating simultaneously)
Motor HP-H 54 104 154 224 204 354 454 704 903 1103
Rated output (kW) 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.2 2.0 3.5 4.5 7.0 9.0 11.0 Substitute the output calculated from (2) of “Calculation of spindle output” and (2) of “Calculation of servo motor
Maximum momentary output(kW) 2.3 4.3 8.0 11.0 11.0 15.0 21.0 27.0 33.0 50.0 output” to the above expression, and calculate the total sum of the “spindle maximum momentary output” and
Motor HC-H 1502S-S10 “output of servo motor accelerating / decelerating simultaneously”. According to this, select the power supply unit
Rated output (kW) 15.0
Maximum momentary output (kW) 59.0
satisfying the maximum momentary rated capacity from the following table.
(Note) The maximum momentary output in this table is reference data for selecting the power supply unit and is not data which guarantees the maximum output.
(3) Selection of power supply unit

Select the power supply unit of which the capacity is larger than that selected in the item (1) and (2).
Power supply unit rated capacity and maximum momentary rated capacity
MDS-D2 Series
Unit MDS-D2-CV- 37 75 110 185 300 370 450 550
Rated capacity (kW) 4.2 8 11.5 19 31 38 46 56
Maximum momentary rated capacity (kW) 16 23 39 60 92 101 125 175
MDS-DH2 Series
Unit MDS-DH2-CV- 37 75 110 185 300 370 450 550 750
Rated capacity (kW) 4.2 8 11.5 19 31 38 46 56 76

Maximum momentary rated capacity (kW) 16 23 39 60 92 101 125 175 180
91 92
■Required capacity of power supply

1. When two or more servo motor axes are connected, do the calculation with the largest
For the power supply capacity, calculate the required spindle rated output and servo motor rated output each, and
rated capacity of the servo motor if a value obtained by multiplying the total sum of the
select the power supply capacity satisfying them.
servo motor rated output by “0.7” is smaller than the largest rated capacity of the servo
motors.
(1) Spindle rate output required for power supply
Example: HF Series The spindle rate output required for power supply is calculated from the following expression.
(1) For “HF903 (9.0kW) + HF104 (1.0kW)”, “0.7 × (9.0 + 1.0) = 7.0 < 9.0” is applied.
So, do the calculation with applying “9.0kW” to the total sum of the servo motor’s rated Spindle rate output required for power supply =
output. MAX (Spindle motor continuous rated output, Spindle motor output at accelerating /
(2) For “HF903 (9.0kW) + HF903 (9.0kW)”, “0.7 × (9.0 + 9.0) = 12.6 > 9.0” is applied. decelerating, Spindle motor short-time output) × motor output coefficient γ of combined
So, do the calculation with applying “12.6kW” to the total sum of the servo motor’s rated spindle drive unit
output.
(Note) For the spindle rate output required for the power supply, multiply the largest one of “spindle
Example: HF-H Series
motor continuous rate output”, “spindle motor output at acceleration/deceleration” and “spindle
(1) For “HF-H903 (9.0kW) + HF-H104 (1.0kW)”, “0.7 × (9.0 + 1.0) =7.0 < 9.0” is applied.
motor short time output” by the motor output coefficient γ of the combined spindle drive unit.
So, do the calculation with applying “9.0kW” to the total sum of the servo motor’s rated
CAUTION For the motor output coefficient of the combined spindle drive unit, use the value
output.
corresponding to the used spindle drive unit in the table on page 90 of (1) of “Calculation of
(2) For “HF-H903 (9.0kW) + HF-H903 (9.0kW)”, “0.7 × (9.0 + 9.0) = 12.6 > 9.0” is applied.
spindle output”.
So, do the calculation with applying “12.6kW” to the total sum of the servo motor’s rated
output.
(2) Servo motor rate output required for power supply
2. When reducing the time constant replacing the conventional motor with the HF,HP,HF- For the servo motor rate output required for power supply, use the value calculated in (1) of “Calculation of servo
KP,HF-H,HP-H or HC-H Series motor, the power supply capacity may rise because the motor output”.
motor maximum momentary output increases more than the conventional motor. Therefore,
make sure to check the selection with maximum momentary rated capacity. (3) Calculation of rate output required for power supply
3. When the large capacity drive unit (MDS-D2-SP-400/640, MDS-DH2-SP-200/320/480, (a) When there is only one servo motor axis
MDS-DH2-V1-200) is connected to the power supply unit, always install the drive unit
proximally in the left side of the power supply unit and connect PN terminal with the Rated capacity required for power supply =
dedicated DC connection bar. Σ (Spindle rate output required for power supply) + (servo motor rate output required for
power supply)
4. When using two large capacity drive units or more, the power supply unit is required for
each drive unit. (b) When there are two or more servo motor axes
Rated capacity required for power supply =

Σ (Spindle rate output required for power supply) + 0.7 Σ (servo motor rate output required
for power supply)
Substitute the output calculated from the item (1) and (2) to the expression (a) and (b), and calculate the rated

capacity required for the power supply.
(4) Calculation of required power supply
Power supply capacity (kVA) =

Σ {(Required rated capacity calculated in the item (3) (kW) / Capacity of selected power
supply unit (kW)) × Power supply capacity base value (kVA)}
The power supply capacity base value corresponding to the capacity of the selected power supply unit is as
the following table.
MDS-D2 Series
Unit MDS-D2-CV- 37 75 110 185 300 370 450 550
Power supply capacity base value (kVA) 5.3 11.0 16.0 27.0 43.0 53.0 64.0 78.0
MDS-DH2 Series
Unit MDS-DH2-CV- 37 75 110 185 300 370 450 550 750
Power supply capacity base value (kVA) 5.3 11.0 16.0 27.0 43.0 53.0 64.0 78.0 107.0
93 94
■Example for power supply unit and power supply facility capacity
MDS-D2 Series MDS-DH2 Series
(Example 1) (Example 1)
Axis name Motor Drive unit Rated output Maximum momentary output Axis name Motor Drive unit Rated output Maximum momentary output
X-axis HF354 (MDS-D2-V2-160160) 3.5kW 18kW X-axis HF-H354 (MDS-DH2-V2-8080) 3.5kW 18kW
Y-axis HF354 (MDS-D2-V2-160160) 3.5kW 18kW Y-axis HF-H354 (MDS-DH2-V2-8080) 3.5kW 18kW
Z-axis HF354 (MDS-D2-V1-160) 3.5kW 18kW Z-axis HF-H354 (MDS-DH2-V1-80) 3.5kW 18kW
MDS-D2-SP-320 MDS-DH2-SP-160
Spindle Spindle motor 22kW 22kW 26.4kW Spindle Spindle motor 22kW 22kW 26.4kW
(Output coefficient 1.0) (Output 22kW)
0.7 × (3.5 × 3) + 22 (18 × 3) + 26.4 0.7 × (3.5 × 3) + 22 (18 × 3) + 26.4
Total = 29.35kW = 80.4kW Total = 29.35kW = 80.4kW
< 31kW (D2-CV-300) < 92kW (D-CV-300) < 31kW (DH2-CV-300) < 92kW (DH2-CV-300)
The power supply unit satisfying the total of the rate output and the maximum momentary output is MDS-D2-CV-300. The power supply unit satisfying the total of the rate output and the maximum momentary output is MDS-DH2-CV-300.
Required power supply capacity (kVA) = (29.35 / 30) × 43 = 42.1 (kVA) Required power supply capacity (kVA) = (29.35 / 30) × 43 = 42.0 (kVA)
X1-axis HF453 (MDS-D2-V2-160160) 4.5kW 22kW X1-axis HF-H453 (MDS-DH2-V2-8080) 4.5kW 22kW
X2-axis HF453 (MDS-D2-V2-160160) 4.5kW 22kW X2-axis HF-H453 (MDS-DH2-V2-8080) 4.5kW 22kW
Y-axis HF354 (MDS-D2-V2-160160) 3.5kW 18kW Y-axis HF-H354 (MDS-DH2-V2-8080) 3.5kW 18kW
Z-axis HF354 (MDS-D2-V2-160160) 3.5kW 18kW Z-axis HF-H354 (MDS-DH2-V2-8080) 3.5kW 18kW
MDS-D2-SP-200 MDS-DH2-SP-100
Spindle Spindle motor 15kW 15kW 18kW Spindle Spindle motor 15kW 15kW 18kW
(Output coefficient 1.0) (Output coefficient 1.0)
0.7 × (4.5 × 2 + 3.5 × 2) + 15 22 × 2 + 18 × 2 + 18 0.7 × (4.5 × 2 + 3.5 × 2) + 15 22 × 2 + 18 × 2 + 18
Total = 26.2kW = 98.0kW Total = 26.2kW = 98.0kW
< 31kW (D2-CV-300) < 101kW (D2-CV-370) < 31kW (DH-CV-300) < 101kW (DH2-CV-370)
X-axis HF354 MDS-D2-V1-160 3.5kW 18kW X-axis HF-H354 MDS-DH2-V1-160 3.5kW 18kW
Y-axis HF204 MDS-D2-V2-8080 2.0kW 8kW Y-axis HF-H204 MDS-DH2-V2-8080 2.0kW 8kW
Z-axis HF204 MDS-D2-V2-8080 2.0kW 8kW Z-axis HF-H204 MDS-DH2-V2-8080 2.0kW 8kW
Spindle motor 15kW MDS-D2-SP-320 Spindle motor 15kW MDS-DH2-SP-320
Spindle 16.5kW 18kW Spindle 16.5kW 18kW
(High-torque motor) (Output coefficient 1.1) (High-torque motor) (Output coefficient 1.1)
0.7 × (3.5 + 2.0 × 2) + 16.5 18 + 8 × 2 + 18 0.7 × (3.5 + 2.0 × 2) + 16.5 18 + 8 × 2 + 18
Total = 21.75kW = 52kW Total = 21.75kW = 52kW
< 31kW (D2-CV-300) < 60kW (D2-CV-185) < 31kW (DH2-CV-300) < 60kW (DH2-CV-185)

95 96
Drive system Dedicated Options
Servo options System establishment in the synchronous control

The option units are required depending on the servo system configuration. Check the option units to be required Position command synchronous control
referring the following items. The synchronous control is all executed in the NC, and the each servo is controlled as an independent axis.
Therefore, preparing special options for the synchronous control is not required on the servo side.
System establishment in the full closed loop control
Speed command synchronization control
Full closed loop control for linear axis The common position control in two axes is performed by one linear scale. Basically, the multi axis integrated type
Detector signal Drive unit Battery
Machine side detector to be used
output
Interface unit
input signal option
Remarks drive unit (MDS-D2/DH2-V2/V3) is used, and the feedback signal is divided for two axes inside the drive unit.
SR74, SR84 Rectangular wave
−
Rectangular
−
When the two 1-axis type drive units are used in driving the large capacity servo motor, the linear scale feedback
Rectangular (MAGNESCALE) signal wave signal
wave signal
Rectangular wave Rectangular
signal must be divided outside.
output Various scale − −
signal wave signal
IBV series Rectangular <Required option in the speed command synchronous control>
−
LS187, LS487 (HEIDENHAIN) wave signal
SIN wave signal Machine side detector to be used For MDS-D2/DH2-V2/V3 For MDS-D2/DH2-V1 × 2 units Remarks
(HEIDENHAIN) EIB series Mitsubishi serial
− MDS-B-HR-11 (P) MDS-B-HR-12 (P)
(HEIDENHAIN) signal SIN wave signal output scale
(Serial conversion) (Serial conversion/signal division)
Incremental MDS-B-HR-11 (P)
SIN wave Distance-coded Including the case that an interface unit
detector LS187C, LS487C (MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC) Mitsubishi serial (Required)
signal SIN wave signal reference scale Mitsubishi serial signal output scale − MDS-B-SD (Signal division) of the scale manufacturer is used with
(HEIDENHAIN) EIB series signal Note SIN wave output scale.
output (Note 2)
(HEIDENHAIN)
(Note) The rectangular wave signal output scale speed command synchronous control is not available.
MDS-B-HR-11 (P) Distance-coded
(MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC) Mitsubishi serial (Required) reference scale is
Various scale SIN wave signal
EIB series signal Note also available
(HEIDENHAIN) (Note 2)
Mitsubishi serial SR75, SR85 Mitsubishi serial
−
Mitsubishi serial
−
Dynamic brake unit (MDS-D-DBU)
signal output (MAGNESCALE) signal signal
Specifications
OSA105ET2A
Mitsubishi serial Mitsubishi serial Ball screw side Type MDS-D-DBU
OSA166ET2NA − Required
signal signal detector
(MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC) Coil specifications 24VDC 160mA
SR77, SR87 Mitsubishi serial Mitsubishi serial Wire size 5.5mm2 or more (For IV wire)
− Not required
(MAGNESCALE) signal signal Compatible drive unit MDS-D2-V1-320W, MDS-DH2-V1-160W, MDS-DH2-V1-200
LC195M, LC495M,LC215M Mitsubishi serial Mitsubishi serial Mass 3kg
− Not required
(HEIDENHAIN) signal signal
LC193M, LC493M Mitsubishi serial Mitsubishi serial
(HEIDENHAIN) signal
−
signal
Not required Outline dimension drawing
AT343, AT543, AT545,
Mitsubishi serial ST748 (Mitutoyo)
Mitsubishi serial
−
Mitsubishi serial
Not required MDS-D-DBU
Absolute signal signal
signal output 20
position SAM Series Mitsubishi serial Mitsubishi serial
− Not required
14
detector (FAGOR) signal signal
SVAM Series Mitsubishi serial Mitsubishi serial
− Not required
(FAGOR) signal signal
GAM Series Mitsubishi serial Mitsubishi serial
− Not required
LAM Series Mitsubishi serial Mitsubishi serial
− Not required
RL40N Series Mitsubishi serial Mitsubishi serial
− Not required
(Renishaw) signal signal
SIN wave MPS Series ADB-20J60 Mitsubishi serial
SIN wave signal Required
200
signal output (MME Corp.) (MME Corp.) signal
190
172.8
(Note 1) When using the distance-coded reference scale, it is recommended to use with distance-coded reference check function. In this case, the battery option is required.
(Note 2) Use the option of M700V Series for the distance-coded reference scale.

Full closed loop control for rotary axis
Detector signal Battery
Machine side detector to be used Interface unit Output signal Remarks
output option
Rectangular wave Rectangular wave Rectangular
Various scale − −
signal output signal wave signal
5
195.4
ERM280 Series EIB series Mitsubishi serial 5 5
SIN wave signal −
Incremental (HEIDENHAIN) (HEIDENHAIN) signal
detector 20 20
SIN wave MDS-B-HR-11 (P) Distance-coded
signal output (MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC) Mitsubishi serial (Required) reference scale is 140
Various scale SIN wave signal
EIB series signal Note also available
(HEIDENHAIN) (Note 2)
MBA405W Series Mitsubishi serial Mitsubishi serial [Unit : mm]
− Required
(MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC) signal signal
RU77 Mitsubishi serial Mitsubishi serial
− Not required
(MAGNESCALE) signal signal
RCN223M, RCN227M Mitsubishi serial Mitsubishi serial
− Not required
Mitsubishi serial (HEIDENHAIN) signal signal
signal output RCN727M, RCN827M Mitsubishi serial Mitsubishi serial
Absolute − Not required
(HEIDENHAIN) signal signal
position
detector Mitsubishi serial Mitsubishi serial
RA Series (Renishaw) − Not required
signal signal
Mitsubishi serial Mitsubishi serial
HAM Series (FAGOR) − Not required
signal signal
MPRZ Series ADB-20J71 Mitsubishi serial
SIN wave signal Not required
SIN wave (MME Corp.) (MME Corp.) signal
signal output MPI Series ADB-20J60 Mitsubishi serial
SIN wave signal Required
(MME Corp.) (MME Corp.) signal
(Note 1) When using the distance-coded reference scale, it is recommended to use with distance-coded reference check function. In this case, the battery option is required.
(Note 2) Use the option of M700V Series for the distance-coded reference scale.
51
97 52
98
Battery option Battery box (MDS-BTBOX-36)

This battery option may be required to establish absolute position system. Select a battery option from the table Specifications
below depending on the servo system. Battery box
Battery option type
Type ER6V-C119B A6BAT (MR-BAT) MDS-BTBOX-36 MR-BAT6V1SET MDS-BTBOX-36
Drive unit with Dedicated case Unit and battery Drive unit with Battery model name size-D alkaline batteries LR204 pieces (Note1)
Installation type
battery holder type type integration type battery holder type Nominal voltage 3.6V (Unit output), 1.5V (Isolated battery)
Not applicable Number of connectable axes Up to 8 axes
Hazard class Not applicable Not applicable Not applicable
(24 or less)
Battery continuous backup time Approx. 10000 hours (when 8 axes are connected, cumulative time in non-energized state) (Note2)
Up to 8 axes
Number of Back up time from battery warning to alarm
Up to 3 axes (When using Up to 8 axes 1 axis Approx. 336 hours (when 8 axes are connected) (Note2)
connectable axes occurrence
dedicated case)
Battery change Possible Possible Possible Possible D2/DH2 
Compatible model DM2 
Battery DJ −
Battery A6BAT (Note 1) Install commercially-available alkaline dry batteries into MDS-BTBOX-36. The batteries should be procured by customers.
(MR-BAT) (Note 2) These backup periods are estimated based on the JIS standard, assuming that the product is used at a room temperature. The actual backup period may vary
connector
depending on the batteries (type and storage period after production, etc.) and the operating environment. Thus, regard these values only as a guide.
To the
Appearance battery
holder Built-in battery MR-BAT6V1
Battery Dedicated case Name plate 2CR17335A WK17
Converged battery option
ER6V-C119B MDS-BTCASE
11-04
6V 1650mAh Date of
manufacture
When using the following battery options, the wiring between units which configure an absolute position system is required.
Battery option type Installation type Battery charge
A6BAT (MR-BAT) Dedicated case type (built-in MDS-BTCASE) Possible
D2/DH2    −
Compatible MDS-BTBOX-36 Unit and battery integration type Possible
DM2    −
model
DJ − − − 
Cell battery (MR-BAT6V1SET)

Cell battery (ER6V-C119B)
Specifications
Specifications
Cell battery
Cell battery Battery option type
Battery option type MR-BAT6V1SET (Note 1)
ER6V-C119B (Note 1)
Battery model name 2CR17335A
Battery model name ER6V
Nominal voltage 6V
Nominal voltage 3.6V
Number of connectable axes Up to 2 axes
Number of connectable axes Up to 3 axes (Note 3)
Data save time in battery replacement Up to 2 axes: Approx. 10000 hours
Up to 2 axes: Approx. 10000 hours
Battery continuous backup time Back up time from battery warning to alarm
3 axes connected: Approx. 6600 hours Approx. 100 hours
occurrence (Note 2)
Back up time from battery warning to alarm Up to 2 axes: Approx. 100 hours
occurrence (Note 2) 3 axes connected: Approx. 60 hours D2/DH2 −
D2/DH2  Compatible model DM2 −
Compatible model DM2  DJ 
DJ − (Note 1) MR-BAT6V1SET is a battery built in a servo drive unit. Install this battery only in the servo drive unit that executes absolute position control.
(Note 2) This time is a guideline, so does not guarantee the back up time. Replace the battery with a new battery as soon as a battery alarm occurs.
(Note 1) ER6V-C119B is a battery built in a servo drive unit. Install this battery only in the servo drive unit that executes absolute position control.
(Note 2) This time is a guideline, so does not guarantee the back up time. Replace the battery with a new battery as soon as a battery warning occurs.
(Note 3) When using ball screw side detector OSA166ET2NA/OSA105ET2A, both ball screw side detector and motor side detector need to be backed up by a battery, so the
number of load shaft should be two.
Cell battery (A6BAT)


Always use the cell battery (A6BAT) in combination with the dedicated case (MDS-BTCASE).
Specifications
Cell battery
Battery option type
A6BAT (MR-BAT)
Battery model name ER17330V
Nominal voltage 3.6V
Number of connectable axes 1 axis / (per 1 battery)
Data save time in battery replacement Approx.10000 hours
Back up time from battery warning to alarm
Approx. 80 hours
occurrence (Note)
(Note) This time is a guideline, so does not guarantee the back up time. Replace the battery with a new battery as soon as a battery warning occurs.
Specifications of the dedicated case MDS-BTCASE

Type MDS-BTCASE
Number of batteries installed Up to 8 A6BATs (MR-BATs) (Install either 2, 4, 6 or 8 A6BATs (MR-BATs))
Max. 8 axes (It varies depending on the number of batteries installed.)
When A6BAT (MR-BAT)2, 1 to 2 axis/axes
Number of connectable axes When A6BAT (MR-BAT)4, 3 to 4 axes
When A6BAT (MR-BAT)6, 5 to 6 axes
When A6BAT (MR-BAT)8, 7 to 8 axes
D2/DH2 
Compatible model DM2 
DJ −
53
99 54
100
Ball screw side detector OSA105ET2A, OSA166ET2NA Spindle options

Specifications
According to the spindle control to be adopted, select the spindle side detector based on the following table.
Detector type OSA105ET2A OSA166ET2NA
Detector resolution 1,000,000pulse/rev 16,000,000pulse/rev
Detection method Absolute position method (battery backup method)
Electrical No-variable speed control (When spindle and motor are directly coupled or coupled with a 1:1 gear ratio)
Tolerable rotation speed at power off (Note) 500r/min
characteristics : Control possible ×: Control not possible
Detector output data Serial data
Spindle control item Control specifications Without spindle side detector With spindle side detector
Power consumption 0.3A
Normal cutting control 
Inertia 0.510−4kgm2 or less
Mechanical Spindle control Constant surface speed control (lathe) 
Shaft friction torque 0.1Nm or less
characteristics for Thread cutting (lathe) 
rotation Shaft angle acceleration 4104rad/s2 or less
1-point orientation control 
Tolerable continuous rotation speed 4000r/min
Orientation control Multi-point orientation control  This normally is not used for novariable speed
Shaft amplitude (position 15mm from end) 0.02mm or less control.
Orientation indexing 
Tolerable load (thrust direction/radial direction) 9.8N/19.8N
Mechanical Standard synchronous tap 
Mass 0.6kg Synchronous tap control
configuration Synchronous tap after zero point return 
Spindle synchronous Without phase alignment function 
Recommended coupling bellows coupling control With phase alignment function 
D2/DH2  
C-axis control C-axis control  (Note) 
Compatible model DM2  −
(Note) When spindle and motor are coupled with a 1:1 gear ratio, use of a spindle side detector is recommended to assure the precision.
DJ  −

Variable speed control (When using V-belt, or when spindle and motor are connected with a gear ratio other than 1:1)
OSA105ET2A/OSA166ET2NA : Control possible ×: Control not possible
85 SQ. 56 30 With spindle side detector

Without spindle side
Spindle control item Control specifications TS5690/ERM280/
detector OSE-1024 Proximity switch
MPCI/MBE405W Series
Normal cutting control    −
Spindle control Constant surface speed control (lathe)  (Note 1)   ×
Thread cutting (lathe) ×   ×
1-point orientation control ×    (Note 3)
75 DIA.
Orientation control Multi-point orientation control ×   ×
Orientation indexing ×   ×
Standard synchronous tap  (Note 2)   ×
Synchronous tap control
Synchronous tap after zero point return ×   ×
Spindle synchronous Without phase alignment function  (Note 1)   ×
[Unit : mm] control With phase alignment function ×   ×
C-axis control C-axis control ×  × ×
Twin-head magnetic detector (MBA Series) (Note 1) Control not possible when connected with the V-belt.
(Note 2) Control not possible when connected with other than the gears.
Specifications (Note 3) When using a proximity switch, an orientation is executed after the spindle is stopped.
Detector type MBA405W-BE082 MBA405W-BF125 MBA405W-BG160
Detector resolution 4,000,000 pulse/rev
Detection method Absolute position method (battery backup method) Cautions for connecting the spindle end with an OSE-1024 detector
Tolerable rotation speed at power off 3000r/min 2000r/min 1500r/min [1] Confirm that the gear ratio (pulley ratio) of the spindle end to the detector is 1:1.
Electrical
Accuracy (*1) (*2) ±4 seconds ±3 seconds ±2 seconds
characteristics [2] Use a timing belt when connecting by a belt.
Wave number within one rotation 512 waves 768 waves 1024 waves
Detector output data Serial data
Power consumption 0.2A or less
Mechanical Inertia 0.5×10−3 kg · m2 2.4×10−3 kg · m2 8.7×10−3 kg · m2
characteristics Tolerable angle acceleration (time of backup) 500rad/s2

for rotation Tolerable continuous rotation speed 3000r/min 2000r/min 1500r/min
Drum inner diameter f 82mm f 125mm f 160mm
Drum outer diameter f 100mm f 150.3mm f 200.6mm
Mechanical
Drum mass 0.2kg 0.46kg 1.0kg
configuration
Degree of protection (*3) IP67
Outline dimension f 140mm×21.5mm f 190mm×23.5mm f 242mm×25.5mm
(*1) The values above are typical values after the calibration with our shipping test device and are not guaranteed.
(*2) The user is requested to install the magnetic drum and installation ring in the detector within the accuracy range specified herein. Even when the accuracy of the
detector when shipped and when installed by the user is both within the specified range, there is a difference in the installation position. Therefore, the accuracy at the
time of our shipment may not be acquired.
(*3) It is the degree of protection when fitted with a connector.

Detector
Preamplifier [Unit : mm]
MC2D009
100
CN1-1
CN2
MBA 60 K
BG1 6EO
A 6W
405W-
CN1-1
r
*
inne
67
Drummeter
SER. J5AVV6W6EOK DATE1206
MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORP.
dia
A0 ×I
MADE IN JAPAN
CN1-2
CN3
Dr
u
dia m o
me ute
ter r
CN1-2
104.1
A
BG16W6
MBA 60 EOK
* 405W
-
29
SC2D005
55
101 56
102
Spindle side ABZ pulse output detector (OSE-1024 Series) Spindle side PLG serial output detector (TS5690, MU1606 Series)
When a spindle and motor are connected with a V-belt, or connected with a gear ratio other than 1:1, use this spindle This detector is used when a more accurate synchronous tapping control or C-axis control than OSE detector is
side detector to detect the position and speed of the spindle. Also use this detector when orientation control and performed to the spindle which is not directly-connected to the spindle motor.
synchronous tap control, etc are executed under the above conditions.
Specifications
Specifications Series type TS5690N64xx TS5690N12xx TS5690N25xx
xx (The end of the type name) 10 20 30 40 60 10 20 30 40 60 10 20 30 40 60
Detector type OSE-1024-3-15-68 OSE-1024-3-15-68-8 Sensor
400 800 1200 1600 2000 400 800 1200 1600 2000 400 800 1200 1600 2000
Inertia 0.1×10−4kgm2 or less 0.1×10−4kgm2 or less Length of lead [mm]
±10 ±20 ±20 ±30 ±30 ±10 ±20 ±20 ±30 ±30 ±10 ±20 ±20 ±30 ±30
Mechanical characteristics Shaft friction torque 0.98Nm or less 0.98Nm or less
Type MU1606N601 MU1606N709 MU1606N805
for rotation Shaft angle acceleration 104rad/s2 or less 104rad/s2 or less
The number of teeth 64 128 256
Tolerable continuous rotation speed 6000r/min 8000r/min
Detection Outer diameter [mm] f52.8 f104.0 f206.4
Bearing maximum non-lubrication time 20000h/6000r/min 20000h/8000r/min gear Inner diameter [mm] f40H5 f80H5 f140H5
Shaft amplitude (position 15mm from end) 0.02mm or less 0.02mm or less
Thickness [mm] 12 12 14
Tolerable load
10kg/20kg Half of value during operation 10kg/20kg Half of value during operation Shrink fitting [mm] 0.020 to 0.040 0.030 to 0.055 0.050 to 0.085
(thrust direction/radial direction)
Mechanical configuration Outer diameter [mm] f72.0 f122.0 f223.6
Mass 1.5kg 1.5kg Notched fitting
section Outer diameter
Degree of protection IP54 [mm] +0.010 to +0.060 -0.025 to +0.025 -0.025 to +0.025
tolerance
Squareness of flange to shaft 0.05mm or less
The number of A/B phase 64 128 256
Flange matching eccentricity 0.05mm or less output pulse Z phase 1 1 1
D2/DH2  
Detection resolution [p/rev] 2 million 4 million 8 million
Compatible model DM2  
Absolute accuracy at stop 150" 100" 95"
DJ  
Tolerable speed [r/min] 40,000 20,000 10,000
(Note) Confirm that the gear ratio (pulley ratio) of the spindle end to the detector is 1:1.
Signal output Mitsubishi high-speed serial
D2/DH2   
Compatible
DM2   
model
DJ
Outline dimension drawing   

102 33 68
f 50
Lead wire length

29
50
[Unit : mm]
31.1
Spindle side detector (OSE-1024-3-15-68, OSE-1024-3-15-68-8)

Detection gear outer
Notched fitting section

outer diameter
Encoder mounting face
12 of machine side
[Unit : mm]
57
103 58
104
Twin-head magnetic detector (MBE Series) Detector interface unit

Specifications Serial output interface unit for ABZ analog detector MDS-B-HR
Detector type MBE405W-BE082 MBE405W-BF125 MBE405W-BG160
This unit superimposes the scale analog output raw waves, and generates high resolution position data. Increasing
Detector resolution 4,000,000 pulse/rev
Detection method Incremental the detector resolution is effective for the servo high-gain. MDS-B-HR-12 (P) is used for the synchronous control
Electrical Accuracy (*1) (*2) ±4 seconds ±3 seconds ±2 seconds system that 1-scale 2-drive operation is possible.
characteristics Wave number within one rotation 512 waves 768 waves 1024 waves
Detector output data Serial data Specifications
Power consumption 0.2A or less
Mechanical characteristics Inertia 0.5×10−3 kg · m2 2.4×10−3 kg · m2 8.7×10−3 kg · m2 Type MDS-B-HR-11 MDS-B-HR-12 MDS-B-HR-11P MDS-B-HR-12P
for rotation Tolerable continuous rotation speed 15000 r/min 10000 r/min 8000 r/min Compatible scale (example) LS186 / LS486/LS186C / LS486C (HEIDENHAIN)
Drum inner diameter f 82mm f 125mm f 160mm Signal 2-division function ×  × 
Drum outer diameter f 100mm f 150.3mm f 200.6mm Analog signal input specifications A-phase, B-phase, Z-phase (Amplitude 1Vp-p)
Mechanical Compatible frequency Analog raw waveform max. 200kHz
Drum mass 0.2kg 0.46kg 1.0kg
configuration
Degree of protection (*3) IP67 Scale resolution Analog raw waveform/512 division
Outline dimension f 140mm×21.5mm f 190mm×23.5mm f 242mm×25.5mm Input/output communication style High-speed serial communication I/F, RS485 or equivalent
(*1) The values above are typical values after the calibration with our shipping test device and are not guaranteed. Tolerable power voltage 5VDC±5%
(*2) The user is requested to install the magnetic drum and installation ring in the detector within the accuracy range specified herein. Even when the accuracy of the Maximum heating value 2W
detector when shipped and when installed by the user is both within the specified range, there is a difference in the installation position. Therefore, the accuracy at the Mass 0.5kg or less
time of our shipment may not be acquired.
(*3) It is the degree of protection when fitted with a connector.
D2/DH2    
Compatible model DM2  −  −
Outline dimension drawing DJ    

Detector
Preamplifier [Unit : mm]
MC2D009
100 6.5 152 6.5 46

RM15WTR-10S
5
CN1-1
CN2
MBA 60 K
BG1 6EO
CON4
A 6W
CON2
405W-
CN1-1
r
*
inne
67
Drummeter
SER. J5AVV6W6EOK DATE1206
dia
A0 MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORP.
MADE IN JAPAN
×I
RM15WTR-8Px2
CN1-2
70
CN3
Dr
u
dia m o
CON3
CON1
me ute
ter r
CN1-2
RM15WTR-12S
104.1
40
5
A
BG16W6
MBA 60 EOK
* 405W
-
4-5 DIA.
29
SC2D005
165
Spindle side accuracy serial output detector (ERM280, MPCI Series)

[Unit : mm]
C-axis control detector is used in order to perform an accurate C-axis control.

MHI MACHINE TOOL
Manufacturer HEIDENHAIN
ENGINEERING CO., LTD Serial signal division unit MDS-B-SD
Detector type ERM280 1200 ERM280 2048 MPCI series
EIB192M C4 1200 EIB192M C6 2048
This unit has a function to divide the position and speed signals fed back from the high-speed serial detector and high-speed
Interface unit type ADB-20J20
EIB392M C4 1200 EIB392M C6 2048 serial linear scale. This unit is used to carry out synchronized control of the motor with two MDS-D2/ DH2-V1 drive units.
0.0000183° 0.0000107° 0.00005°
Minimum detection resolution
(19,660,800p/rev) (33,554,432p/rev) (7,200,000p/rev) Specifications
Tolerable maximum speed 20000r/min 11718r/min 10000r/min
Type MDS-B-SD
D2/DH2  
Compatible servo drive unit MDS-D2/DH2-V1-
Compatible model DM2  
Input/output communication style High-speed serial communication I/F, RS485 or equivalent
DJ  
Tolerable power voltage 5VDC±10%
Maximum heating value 4W
Mass 0.5kg or less
D2/DH2 
Compatible model DM2 −
DJ 
59
105 60
106
Serial output interface unit for ABZ analog detector EIB192M (Other manufacturer’s product) Drive unit option
Specifications
Optical communication repeater unit (FCU7-EX022)
Type EIB192M A4 20mm EIB192M C4 1200 EIB192M C4 2048
Manufacturer HEIDENHAIN When the distance of the optical communication cable between NC control unit and drive unit is over 30m (M700V/
Input signal A-phase, B-phase: SIN wave 1Vpp, Z-phase M70V/E70 Series: maximum 30m, M700/M70/C70 Series: maximum 20m), the communication can be performed by
Maximum input frequency 400kHz
Output signal Mitsubishi high-speed serial signal (MITSU02-4)
relaying the optical signal.
Interpolation division number Maximum 16384 divisions Using up to two units, relay of the total length of up to 90m can be performed.
Compatible detector LS187, LS487 ERM280 1200 ERM280 2048
0.0000183° 0.0000107°
Minimum detection resolution 0.0012mm
(19,660,800p/rev) (33,554,432p/rev) Specifications
Type FCU7-EX022
Outline dimension 98mm×64mm×38.5mm
Input voltage 24V±10% (21.6V to 26.4V)
Mass 300g
Inrush current 35A
D2/DH2    DC24V input
Power consumption 10W
Compatible model DM2   
Consumption current 0.4A
DJ   
Channel number 2 channels
Optical interface
Connectable number Maximum 2
Dimension (depth)135mm (width)40mm (height)168mm
Dimension
Serial output interface unit for ABZ analog detector EIB392M (Other manufacturer’s product) Mounting method Screw cramp with M5 2 screw cramps
Mass 0.42kg
Specifications D2/DH2 
Type EIB392M A4 20mm EIB392M C4 1200 EIB392M C4 2048 Compatible model DM2 
Manufacturer HEIDENHAIN DJ 
Input signal A-phase, B-phase: SIN wave 1Vpp, Z-phase
Maximum input frequency 400kHz
Output signal Mitsubishi high-speed serial signal (MITSU02-4)
Interpolation division number Maximum 16384 divisions
Compatible detector LS187, LS487 ERM280 1200 ERM280 2048 5 40 135
0.0000183° 0.0000107°
(19,660,800p/rev) (33,554,432p/rev)
Outline dimension 76.5mm×43mm×16.6mm
Mass 140g
D2/DH2   
Compatible model DM2   
168
DJ   
Serial output interface unit for ABZ analog detector ADB-20J Series (Other manufacturer’s product)
Specifications
Type ADB-20J20 ADB-20J60 ADB-20J71
Manufacturer MHI MACHINE TOOL ENGINEERING CO., LTD
Maximum response speed 10,000r/min 3,600m/min 5,000r/min 10,000r/min [Unit : mm]]
Output signal Mitsubishi high-speed serial signal
DC connection bar
Compatible detector MPCI series MPS series MPI series MPRZ series
0.00005° 0.000025° 0.000043° When connecting a large capacity drive unit with L+L- terminal of power supply unit, DC connection bar is required. In

(7,200,000p/rev) (1,440,000p/rev) (8,388,608p/rev)
Degree of protection IP20 use of the following large capacity drive units, use a dedicated DC connection bar. The DC connection bar to be used
Outline dimension 190mm×160mm×40mm depends on the connected power supply, so make a selection according to the following table.
Mass 0.9kg
D2/DH2    
Compatible model DM2     Specifications
DJ     Series MDS-D2 MDS-DH2
MDS-DH2-SP-200 MDS-DH2-V1-200
MDS-D2-SP-400 MDS-D2-SP-400
Large capacity drive unit MDS-DH2-SP-320 MDS-DH2-SP-200 MDS-DH2-V1-200
MDS-D2-SP-640 MDS-D2-SP-640
MDS-DH2-SP-480 MDS-DH2-SP-320
MDS-D2-CV-300 MDS-D2-CV-300
MDS-DH2-CV-550
Power supply unit MDS-D2-CV-370 MDS-D2-CV-550 MDS-D2-CV-370 MDS-DH2-CV-185
MDS-DH2-CV-750
MDS-D2-CV-450 MDS-D2-CV-450
D-BAR-A1010 DH-BAR-A0606
Required connection bar D-BAR-B1006 DH-BAR-B0606 DH-BAR-C0606
(Two-parts set) (Two-parts set)
D2/DH2     
Compatible
DM2 − − − − −
model
DJ − − − − −
Side protection cover (D-COVER-1)

Install the side protection cover outside the both ends of the connected units.
61
107 62
108
Regenerative option Combination with servo drive unit

Confirm the regeneration resistor capacity and possibility of connecting with the drive unit. The regenerative resistor is not incorporated in the spindle drive unit.
CAUTION Make sure to install the external option regenerative resistor.
The regenerative resistor generates heats, so wire and install the unit while taking care to safety. When using the
regenerative resistor, make sure that flammable matters, such as cables, do not contact the resistor, and provide a External option regenerative resistor
Corresponding
cover on the machine so that dust or oil does not accumulate on the resistor and ignite. spindle drive unit MR-RB12 MR-RB32 MR-RB30 MR-RB50
Parameter setting value 1300h 1400h 1500h 1600h
Mass 0.8kg 2.9kg 2.9kg 5.6kg
Combination with servo drive unit 168mm× 150mm× 150mm× 350mm×
40mm× 100mm× 100mm× 128mm×
Corresponding servo Standard built-in External option regenerative resistor Unit outline dimension 149mm 318mm 318mm 200mm
drive unit regenerative resistor MR-RB032 MR-RB12 MR-RB32 MR-RB30 MR-RB50 MR-RB31 MR-RB51
W2 W3 W3 W4
Parameter setting
1200h 1300h 1400h 1500h 1600h 1700h 1800h External option regenerative GZG200W120 GZG200W39 GZG300W39
value GZG200W39OHMK
resistor OHMK×3 OHMK×3 OHMK×3
Mass 0.5kg 0.8kg 2.9kg 2.9kg 5.6kg 2.9kg 5.6kg
Regenerative capacity 100W 300W 300W 500W
168mm× 168mm× 150mm× 150mm× 350mm× 150mm× 350mm×
Resistance value 40W 40W 13W 13W
30mm× 40mm× 100mm× 100mm× 128mm× 100mm× 128mm×
Unit outline dimension 119mm 149mm 318mm 318mm 200mm 318mm 200mm MDS-DJ-SP-20 −  
W1 W2 W3 W3 W4 W3 W4 MDS-DJ-SP-40 −  
GZG200W120 GZG200W39 GZG300W39 GZG200W20 GZG300W20 MDS-DJ-SP-80 −  
External option
− − OHMK OHMK OHMK OHMK OHMK MDS-DJ-SP-100 −  
regenerative resistor
×3 ×3 ×3 ×3 ×3 MDS-DJ-SP-120 − 
Regenerative capacity 30W 100W 300W 300W 500W 300W 500W MDS-DJ-SP-160 −
Resistance MDS-DJ-SP2-2020 −  
40W 40W 40W 13W 13W 6.7W 6.7W
value
MDS-DJ-V1-10 10W 100W  
MDS-DJ-V1-15 10W 100W   External option regenerative resistor
Corresponding
MDS-DJ-V1-30 20W 40W    spindle drive unit FCUA-RB75/2
FCUA-RB22 FCUA-RB37 FCUA-RB55
MDS-DJ-V1-40 100W 13W   (1 unit)
MDS-DJ-V1-80 100W 9W   Parameter setting value 2400h 2500h 2600h 2700h
MDS-DJ-V1-100 100W 9W   Mass 0.8kg 1.2kg 2.2kg 2.2kg
MDS-DJ-V2-3030 100W 9Ω   30mm× 30mm× 40mm× 40mm×
60mm× 60mm× 80mm× 80mm×
Unit outline dimension 215mm 335mm 400mm 400mm
External option regenerative resistor W5 W5 W6 W6
Corresponding servo Standard built-in FCUA-RB55 FCUA-RB75/2 Regenerative capacity 155W 185W 340W 340W
drive unit regenerative resistor FCUA-RB22 FCUA-RB37 FCUA-RB55 R-UNIT2 2 units connected in 2 units connected in Resistance value 40W 25W 20W 30W
parallel parallel MDS-DJ-SP-20 −  
Parameter setting MDS-DJ-SP-40 −    
2400h 2500h 2600h 2900h 2E00h 2D00h
value MDS-DJ-SP-80 −   
Mass 0.8kg 1.2kg 2.2kg 4.4kg 4.4kg 4.4kg MDS-DJ-SP-100 − 
30mm× 30mm× 40mm× 355mm× 40mm× 40mm× MDS-DJ-SP-120 −
60mm× 60mm× 80mm× 105mm× 80mm× 80mm×
Unit outline dimension 215mm 335mm 400mm 114mm 400mm 400mm MDS-DJ-SP-160 −
W5 W5 W6 W7 W6 W6 MDS-DJ-SP2-2020 −   
Regenerative capacity 155W 185W 340W 700W 680W 680W
Resistance External option regenerative resistor
40W 25W 20W 15W 10W 15W
value
Corresponding FCUA-RB55 FCUA-RB75/2
MDS-DJ-V1-10 10W 100W spindle drive unit R-UNIT1 R-UNIT2 R-UNIT3 R-UNIT4 R-UNIT5 2 units connected 2 units connected
MDS-DJ-V1-15 10W 100W in parallel in parallel
MDS-DJ-V1-30 20W 40W  Parameter setting value 2800h 2900h 2A00h 2B00h 2C00h 2E00h 2D00h
MDS-DJ-V1-40 100W 13W     Mass 4.3kg 4.4kg 10.8kg 11.0kg 15.0kg 4.4kg 4.4kg
MDS-DJ-V1-80 100W 9W    355mm× 355mm× 375mm× 375mm× 375mm× 40mm× 40mm×

MDS-DJ-V1-100 100W 9W  105mm× 105mm× 276mm× 276mm× 276mm× 80mm× 80mm×
Unit outline dimension 114mm 114mm 104mm 104mm 160mm 400mm 400mm
MDS-DJ-V2-3030 100W 9Ω  
W7 W7 W8 W8 W9 W6 W6
Regenerative capacity 700W 700W 2100W 2100W 3100W 680W 680W
Resistance value 30W 15W 15W 10W 10W 10W 15W
MDS-DJ-SP-20 −
MDS-DJ-SP-40 −    
MDS-DJ-SP-80 −       
MDS-DJ-SP-100 −      
MDS-DJ-SP-120 −      
MDS-DJ-SP-160 −  
MDS-DJ-SP2-2020 −
63
109 64
110
External option regenerative resistor unit [Unit : mm] Power backup unit MDS-D/DH-PFU
W1 W2 Use this unit to protect machines or drive units at power failure.
Specifications
MR-RB032 MR - RB12
Power backup unit type MDS-DH-PFU MDS-D-PFU
AC380 to 480 (50/60Hz) AC200 to 230 (50/60Hz)
Rated voltage [V]
Tolerable fluctuation : between +10% and -10% Tolerable fluctuation : between +10% and -15%
AC Input
Frequency [Hz] 50/60 Tolerable fluctuation : between +3% and -3%
Rated current [A] 2 4
168
168
Rated voltage [V] DC513 to 648 DC270 to 311
DC Input/Output Regenerative input: MAX 200A Regenerative input: MAX 300A
Rated current [A]
G3
G4
G3
G4
Power running output: MAX 160A Power running output: MAX 200A
P P
C C
Voltage [V] Single-phase 200 to 230VAC (50Hz or 60Hz) 50Hz at backup Single-phase 380 to 480VAC (50Hz or 60Hz) 50Hz at backup
Current [A] MAX 2 MAX 4
AC output for
Maximum number of drive units to connect 6 units (except for the power supply unit)
control power
119 backup Switching time Within 100ms after AC input instantaneous interruption
30 40 20 149
75ms or more 75ms or more
Minimum backup time
(AC380V input, at maximum number of drive units to connect) (AC200V input, at maximum number of drive units to connect)
Degree of protection IP20 [except for the terminal block and connector area]
Cooling method Natural-cooling
W4
W3 Mass [kg] 4
G4 G3 C P
MR- RB50
350
150
MR- RB30/32
380
P
G4 G3 C
100 17 318
128 17 200
90 200
[Unit : mm]
W5 W6 Regenerative resistor unit for power backup unit R-UNIT-6, R-UNIT-7

Specifications
Regenerative resistor type R-UNIT-6 R-UNIT-7
Corresponding power backup unit type MDS-DH-PFU MDS-D-PFU
Resistance value [ W] 5 1.4
Instantaneous regeneration capacity [kW] 128 114

Tolerable regeneration work amount [kJ] 180 180
Cooling method Natural-cooling Natural-cooling
Mass [kg] 10 10
W7 W8 W9
375
340
18 22
276
100
375
340
321
355
375
340
29
29
29 TE1
E
AC1
AC2
AL1
AL2
R1
R2
TE1
E
R1
R2
AC1
AC2
AL1
AL2
TE1
AC1
AC2
AL1
AL2
R1
R2
105
1.6 114 276 276 1.6 160 [Unit : mm]
1.6 104
65
111 66
112
Capacitor unit MDS-D/DH-CU MEMO

Specifications
Capacitor unit type MDS-DH-CU MDS-D-CU
Compatible capacitor unit type MDS-DH-PFU MDS-D-PFU
Capacity [µF] 7000 28000
DC Input/Output Rated voltage [V] DC513 to 648 DC270 to 311
Cooling method Natural-cooling Natural-cooling
Mass [kg] 11 11
15
380
350
200 60
15
150 260
[Unit : mm]

67
113 68
114
Drive system Selection of cables
MDS-D2 Series Power Cable and Brake Cable for Servo Motor Selection List MDS-D2 Series Detector Cable and Connector for Servo Motor Selection List
Drive unit type Power Cable Brake cable Servo detector cable
Servo motor type MDS-D2- Motor side Motor side Motor side detector cable
Drive unit side Drive unit side
V1 V2 V3 Straight Right angle Straight Right angle Drive unit type Cable Single connector Ball screw side
HF Series HF75 Servo motor type MDS-D2- Detector: A48 Detector: A51/A74N Motor side detector
Drive unit side
HF105 2020 202020 V1 V2 V3 Straight Right angle Straight Right angle Straight Right angle
20
HF123 4020 (M) 404040 HF Series HF75
CNP18-10S (14) CNP18-10L (14)
HF142 Applicable cable outline Applicable cable outline HF105 2020 202020
f 10.5 to 14 (mm) f 10.5 to 14 (mm) 20
HF54 HF123 4020 (M) 404040
HF104 CNU1S (AWG14) HF142

4020 (L)
HF223 40 4040 HF54
8040 (M) 404040 CNP22-22S (16) CNP22-22L (16) HF104 4020 (L)
HF302 Applicable cable outline Applicable cable outline 40 4040
f 12.5 to 16 (mm) f 12.5 to 16 (mm) HF223 8040 (M) 404040
8040 (L) HF302
80
HF154 8080
8040 (L)
80
− 16080 (M) − CNU1S (AWG10) CNP18-10S (14) CNP18-10L (14) HF154 8080
Applicable cable outline Applicable cable outline
8040 (L) f 10.5 to 14 (mm) f 10.5 to 14 (mm) − 16080 (M) −
80 − CNU1S (AWG14) CNV2E-6P-M CNV2E-7P-M
8080 CNB10-R2S (6) CNB10-R2L (6)
HF224 8040 (L)  : Length (m)  : Length (m)
CNU20S (AWG14) Applicable cable outline Applicable cable outline 80 −
− 16080 (M) − CNU1S (AWG10) 8080 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10,
f 4.0 to 6.0 (mm) f 4.0 to 6.0 (mm) HF224 CNV2E-8P-M CNV2E-9P-M CNE10-R10S (9) CNE10-R10L (9) CNV2E-6P-M
15, 20, 25, 30 15, 20, 25, 30
− 16080 (M) −  : Length (m)  : Length (m) Applicable cable Applicable cable  : Length (m)
8040 (L) CNU2S (AWG18)
80 − CNU1S (AWG14) 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, outline outline 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10,
8080 CNV2E-8P-M CNV2E-9P-M
HF204 8040 (L) 15, 20, 25, 30 15, 20, 25, 30 f 6.0 to 9.0 (mm) f 6.0 to 9.0 (mm) 15, 20, 25, 30
80 −  : Length (m)  : Length (m)
− 16080 (M) − CNU1S (AWG10) HF204 8080 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10,
15, 20, 25, 30 15, 20, 25, 30
8040 (L) − 16080 (M) −
80 − CNU1S (AWG14)
HF303 8080
8040 (L)
80 −
− 16080 (M) − CNP22-22S (16) CNP22-22L (16) HF303 8080
16080 (L) CNU1S (AWG10) − 16080 (M) −
160 − f 12.5 to 16 (mm) f 12.5 to 16 (mm)
HF354 160160
16080 (L)
160 −
− 160160W − Terminal block connection HF354 160160
16080 (L) − 160160W −

160 CNU1S (AWG10)
HF453 160160 − 16080 (L)
160 −
− 160160W HF453 160160
HF703 160W 160160W − Terminal block connection CNP32-17S (23) CNP32-17L (23) − 160160W −
HF903 320 − − f 22 to 23.8 (mm) f 22 to 23.8 (mm) HF703 160W 160160W −
HF903 320 − −
Power Cable Brake cable
Drive unit type Servo detector cable

Motor side Motor side
MDS-D2-
Servo motor type Drive unit side Drive unit side Motor side detector cable
Lead out in direction Lead out in opposite Lead out in direction Lead out in opposite
V1 V2 V3 Cable (Relay type)
of motor shaft direction of motor shaft of motor shaft direction of motor shaft Drive unit type
Cable (Direct connection type) Ball screw side
HF-KP Series HF-KP23JW04-S6 MR-PWS1CBL MR-PWS1CBL MR-BKS1CBL MR-BKS1CBL MDS-D2- Motor side detector
Servo motor type
2020 M-A1-H M-A2-H M-A1-H M-A2-H Drive unit side
HF-KP43JW04-S6 20 202020 CNU1S (AWG14) CNU20S (AWG14) Lead out in direction of Lead out in opposite Lead out in direction of Lead out in opposite
4020 (M)  : Length (m)  : Length (m)  : Length (m)  : Length (m) V1 V2 V3
2, 3, 5, 7, 10 2, 3, 5, 7, 10 2, 3, 5, 7, 10 2, 3, 5, 7, 10 motor shaft direction of motor shaft motor shaft direction of motor shaft
HF-KP73JW04-S6
HF-KP HF-KP23JW04-S6 CNV2E-K1P-M CNV2E-K2P-M
Series CNV2E-6P-M
 : Length (m)  : Length (m) CNV2E-6P-M
2020  : Length (m)
HF-KP43JW04-S6 20 202020 2, 3, 5, 7, 10 2, 3, 5, 7, 10  : Length (m) CNV22J-K1P-0.3M CNV22J-K2P-0.3M
4020 (M) 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 15,
Compatible with only Compatible with only 15, 20, 25, 30
20, 25, 30
HF-KP73JW04-S6 IP65 IP65

115 116
MDS-D2 Series Power Cable for Spindle Motor Selection List

Drive unit type Drive unit type
Power Cable Power Cable
Spindle motor type MDS-D2- Spindle motor type MDS-D2-
SP SP2 Drive unit side Motor side SP SP2 Drive unit side Motor side
SJ-D Series SJ-V Series 4020 (L)

80 − CNU1S (AWG14) 40 CNU1S (AWG14)
(Standard) (Standard) SJ-V2.2-01T 4040S
SJ-D3.7/100-01 8040 (L) − 8040 (M) CNU1S (AWG10)

CNU1S (AWG10)
− 8080
4020 (L)
40 CNU1S (AWG14)
16080S (M) Terminal block connection SJ-VL2.2-02ZT 4040S
80 − CNU1S (AWG14) − 8040 (M) CNU1S (AWG10)
8040 (L) 80 − CNU1S (AWG14)

SJ-D5.5/100-01 CNU1S (AWG10)
− 8080
8040 (L)
SJ-V3.7-02ZT CNU1S (AWG10)
16080S (M) Terminal block connection − 8080
80 − CNU1S (AWG14) 16080S (M)
8040 (L) SJ-V7.5-03ZT 160 16080S (L)

SJ-D5.5/120-01 CNU1S (AWG10)
− 8080
SJ-V11-08ZT
16080S (M)
SJ-V11-13ZT
160 −
SJ-D7.5/100-01 SJ-V15-01ZT 200
− 16080S (L)
SJ-V15-09ZT
160 −
SJ-D7.5/120-01 SJ-V18.5-01ZT
− 16080S (L)
Terminal block connection SJ-V22-01ZT
160 − 240 − Terminal block connection
SJ-D11/100-01 SJ-V22-06ZT
− 16080S (L)
SJ-V22-04ZT
160 320
− SJ-V26-01ZT
SJ-D5.5/120-02 200
− 16080S (L) SJ-V37-01ZT 400

Terminal block connection
SJ-DJ Series SJ-V45-01ZT
80 − CNU1S (AWG14) 640
(Compact & lightweight)
Terminal block connection SJ-V55-01ZT
SJ-DJ5.5/100-01 8040 (L)
CNU1S (AWG10) SJ-V Series SJ-V11-01T
− 8080
(Wide range constant output) 160 16080S (L)
SJ-V11-09T
16080S (M) Terminal block connection
SJ-V15-03T 200
80 − CNU1S (AWG14)
SJ-V18.5-03T 240
8040 (L)
SJ-DJ5.5/120-01 CNU1S (AWG10)
− 8080 SJ-V22-05T −
16080S (M) SJ-V22-09T 320
SJ-DJ7.5/100-01 SJ-VK22-19ZT
160 16080S (L) Terminal block connection
SJ-DJ11/100-01 SJ-VL Series SJ-VL11-02FZT
(Low-inertia) 160 16080S (L)
SJ-DJ15/80-01 200 − SJ-VL11-05FZT-S01
SJ-DL Series 20 − SJ-VL18.5-05FZT 240 −
(Low-inertia) SJ-DL0.75/100-01T 2020
−
4020 (M)
CNU1S (AWG14)
40 −
4020 (L)
SJ-DL1.5/100-01T
− 4040S
8040 (M) CNU1S (AWG10)
160 −
SJ-DL5.5/150-01T
− 16080S (L)
160 −
SJ-DL5.5/200-01T Terminal block connection
− 16080S (L)

160 −
SJ-DL7.5/150-01T
− 16080S (L)
117 118
MDS-D2 Series Detector Cable and Connector for Spindle Motor Selection List MDS-D2 Series Power Cable for Tool Spindle Motor Selection List
Spindle detector cable Power Cable
Drive unit type
When connecting to a spindle motor When connecting to a spindle side detector MDS-D2-
Tool spindle motor type Motor side
Drive unit type Motor side PLG cable Spindle side accuracy detector TS5690 cable Spindle side detector OSE-1024 cable
Drive unit side Lead out in direction of Lead out in opposite
MDS-D2- Single connector Single connector Cable Single connector SP SP2 Straight Right angle
Spindle motor type motor shaft direction of motor shaft
Cable Drive unit Detector Cable Drive unit Detector Drive unit
SP SP2 Straight Right angle HF-KP Series HF-KP46-JW09
side side side side side
MR-PWS1CBLM-A1-H MR-PWS1CBLM-A2-H
SJ-D Series 80 − 2020
HF-KP56-JW09 20 − −  : Length (m)  : Length (m)
(Standard) 4020 (M) CNU1S (AWG14)
8040 (L) 2, 3, 5, 7, 10 2, 3, 5, 7, 10
SJ-D3.7/100-01 HF-KP96-JW09
− 8080
16080S (M) HF-SP Series 80 −
80 −
8040 (L)
8040 (L) HF-SP226-JW09 CNU1S (AWG10)
SJ-D5.5/100-01 − 8080
− 8080
16080S (M) 16080S (M)
Terminal block connection
80 − HF-SP406-JW09 160 16080S (L)
8040 (L)
SJ-D5.5/120-01 HF Series HF75-A48
− 8080
CNP18-10S (14) CNP18-10L (14)
16080S (M) 2020
HF105-A48 20 Applicable cable outline Applicable cable outline
4020 (M)
160 − CNU1S (AWG14) f 10.5 to 14 (mm) f 10.5 to 14 (mm)
SJ-D7.5/100-01 HF123-A48
− 16080S (L)
160 − 4020 (L)
SJ-D7.5/120-01 HF54-A48 40
− 16080S (L) HF104-A48 4040S
160 − HF223-A48
SJ-D11/100-01 − 8040 (M) CNU1S (AWG10)
− 16080S (L) − −
160 80 − CNU1S (AWG14)
−
SJ-D5.5/120-02 200 HF154-A48
HF224-A48 8040 (L)
− 16080S (L) CNU1S (AWG10)
HF204-A48 − 8080
SJ-DJ Series 80 −
HF303-A48
(Compact & 8040 (L)
lightweight SJ-DJ5.5/100-01 16080S (M)
− 8080
specifications) CNP22-22S (16) CNP22-22L (16)
16080S (M) HF354-A48
80 − HF453-A48 f 12.5 to 16 (mm) f 12.5 to 16 (mm)
8040 (L) 160 16080S (L)
SJ-DJ5.5/120-01
− 8080 Terminal block connection
16080S (M) HF703-A48
SJ-DJ7.5/100-01
160 16080S (L)
SJ-DJ11/100-01 CNP32-17S (23) CNP32-17L (23)
SJ-DJ15/80-01 200 − HF903-A48 320 − Applicable cable outline Applicable cable outline
f 22 to 23.8 (mm) f 22 to 23.8 (mm)
SJ-DL Series 20 −
(Low-inertia) SJ-DL0.75/100-01T 2020
−
4020 (M)
40 −
SJ-DL1.5/100-01T
4020 (L) MDS-D2 Series Detector Cable and Connector for Tool Spindle Motor Selection List
− 4040S
8040 (M) Spindle detector cable
CNP2E-1-M CNP2E-1-M CNP3EZ-2P-M CNP3EZ-3P-M
160 −
SJ-DL5.5/150-01T  : Length (m) CNU2S  : Length (m) CNU2S  : Length (m)  : Length (m) CNU2S When connecting to a tool spindle motor (HF-KP) When connecting to a spindle side detector
− 16080S (L) CNEPGS CNEPGS
2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, (AWG18) 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, (AWG18) 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, (AWG18)
Spindle side accuracy detector
160 − 15, 20, 25, 30 15, 20, 25, 30 15, 20, 25, 30 15, 20, 25, 30 Drive unit type Single connector Spindle side detector OSE-1024 cable
SJ-DL5.5/200-01T Cable TS5690 cable
− 16080S (L) MDS-D2-
Tool spindle motor type Motor side Single connector Cable Single connector
160 − Drive unit
SJ-DL7.5/150-01T Cable Drive unit Detector Drive unit
− 16080S (L) SP SP2 Straight Right angle side Straight Right angle Straight Right angle
side side side
SJ-V Series 4020 (L)
40
(Standard) SJ-V2.2-01T 4040S HF-KP HF-KP46-JW09 CNV2E-8P-M CNV2E-9P-M CNE10-R10S (9) CNE10-R10L (9) CNP2E-1-M CNP3EZ-2P-M CNP3EZ-3P-M
− 8040 (M) Series 2020  : Length (m)  : Length (m) CNU2S Applicable cable Applicable cable  : Length (m) CNU2S  : Length (m)  : Length (m) CNU2S
HF-KP56-JW09 20 CNEPGS
4020 (L) 4020 (M) 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, (AWG18) outline outline 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, (AWG18) 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, (AWG18)
40 15, 20, 25, 30 15, 20, 25, 30 f 6.0 to 9.0 (mm) f 6.0 to 9.0 (mm) 15, 20, 25, 30 15, 20, 25, 30 15, 20, 25, 30
SJ-VL2.2-02ZT 4040S HF-KP96-JW09
− 8040 (M)
80 −
8040 (L)
SJ-V3.7-02ZT Spindle detector cable
− 8080
16080S (M) When connecting to a tool spindle motor (HF/HF-SP) When connecting to a spindle side detector
SJ-V7.5-03ZT 160 16080S (L) Spindle side accuracy detector
Drive unit type Single connector Spindle side detector OSE-1024 cable
SJ-V11-08ZT Cable TS5690 cable
MDS-D2-

SJ-V11-13ZT Tool spindle motor type Motor side Single connector Cable Single connector
Drive unit
SJ-V15-01ZT 200 Cable Drive unit Detector Drive unit
SP SP2 Straight Right angle side Straight Right angle Straight Right angle
SJ-V15-09ZT side side side
SJ-V18.5-01ZT HF-SP 80 −
SJ-V22-01ZT Series
240 − 8040 (L)
SJ-V22-06ZT HF-SP226-JW09
− 8080
SJ-V22-04ZT
320 16080S (M)
SJ-V26-01ZT
SJ-V37-01ZT 400 HF-SP406-JW09 160 16080S (L)
SJ-V45-01ZT HF HF75-A48
640
SJ-V55-01ZT Series 2020
HF105-A48 20
SJ-V Series SJ-V11-01T 4020 (M)
(Wide range 160 16080S (L)
SJ-V11-09T HF123-A48
constant output)
SJ-V15-03T 200 4020 (L)
HF54-A48 40
SJ-V18.5-03T 240 4040S
HF104-A48
SJ-V22-05T − HF223-A48 CNV2E-8P-M CNV2E-9P-M CNE10-R10S (9) CNE10-R10L (9) CNP2E-1-M CNP3EZ-2P-M CNP3EZ-3P-M
− 8040 (M)  : Length (m)  : Length (m) CNU2S Applicable cable Applicable cable  : Length (m) CNU2S  : Length (m)  : Length (m) CNU2S
SJ-V22-09T 320 CNEPGS
2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, (AWG18) outline outline 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, (AWG18) 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, (AWG18)
SJ-VK22-19ZT 80 −
15, 20, 25, 30 15, 20, 25, 30 f 6.0 to 9.0 (mm) f 6.0 to 9.0 (mm) 15, 20, 25, 30 15, 20, 25, 30 15, 20, 25, 30
SJ-VL Series SJ-VL11-02FZT
160 16080S (L) HF154-A48
(Low-inertia) SJ-VL11-05FZT-S01 HF224-A48 8040 (L)
SJ-VL18.5-05FZT 240 − HF204-A48 − 16080S (M)
HF303-A48 8080
HF354-A48
HF453-A48
160 16080S (L)
HF703-A48
HF903-A48 320 −
119 120
MDS-DM2 Series Power Cable and Brake Cable for Servo Motor Selection List MDS-DM2 Series Power Cable, Detector Cable, and Connector for Spindle Motor Selection List
Power Cable Brake cable Spindle detector cable
Power Cable
Drive unit type When connecting to a spindle motor When connecting to a spindle side detector
Drive unit side Motor side Motor side
Servo motor type MDS-DM2- Drive unit side Spindle side accuracy detector
Motor side PLG cable Spindle side detector OSE-1024 cable
SPV2 SPV3 SPHV3 CN31(L/M/S) Straight Right angle Straight Right angle Drive unit type TS5690 cable
HF Series MDS-DM2- Drive unit Single

Spindle motor type Motor side Single connector Single connector Cable
side connector
HF54 Cable Cable
Drive unit Detector Drive unit Detector Drive unit
SPV2 SPV3 SPHV3 Straight Right angle
CNP18-10S (14) CNP18-10L (14)
Applicable cable Applicable cable SJ-D Series SJ-D5.5/100-01
HF104 (Standard)
outline outline
10080 f 10.5 to 14 (mm) f 10.5 to 14 (mm) SJ-D5.5/120-01
16080 10080 10080 −
SJ-D7.5/100-01
20080
HF223 SJ-D7.5/120-01
SJ-D11/100-01 16080 16080 −

CNP22-22S (16) CNP22-22L (16) 10080 10080
Applicable cable Applicable cable SJ-D5.5/120-02 16080 16080 −
HF302
outline outline 20080 20080
10080 f 12.5 to 16 (mm) f 12.5 to 16 (mm)
16080 20080 SJ-DJ Series SJ-DJ5.5/100-01
20080 (Compact &
HF154 lightweight SJ-DJ5.5/120-01 10080 10080 −
RCN31S
CNP18-10S (14) CNP18-10L (14) CNB10-R2S (6) CNB10-R2L (6) specifications)
RCN31M SJ-DJ7.5/100-01
Applicable cable Applicable cable Applicable cable Applicable cable
Applicable cable CNU20S (AWG14)
outline outline outline outline SJ-DJ11/100-01 16080 16080 −
outline
f 10.5 to 14 (mm) f 10.5 to 14 (mm) f 4.0 to 6.0 (mm) f 4.0 to 6.0 (mm) CNP2E-1-M CNP2E-1-M CNP3EZ-2P-M CNP3EZ-3P-M
HF224 f 1.25 to 5.5 (mm) Terminal Terminal
SJ-DJ15/80-01 20080 20080 −  : Length (m) CNU2S  : Length (m) CNU2S  : Length (m)  : Length (m) CNU2S
10080 block block CNEPGS CNEPGS
16080 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, (AWG18) 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, (AWG18) 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, (AWG18)
SJ-DL Series SJ-DL5.5/150-01T − connection connection
20080 16080 16080 15, 20, 25, 30 15, 20, 25, 30 15, 20, 25, 30 15, 20, 25, 30
(Low-inertia)
200120 SJ-DL7.5/150-01T −
HF204
SJ-V Series SJ-V7.5-03ZT 16080 16080 −
(Standard)
SJ-V11-08ZT − − 20080
HF303 SJ-V11-13ZT
CNP22-22S (16) CNP22-22L (16) 20080 20080 −
Applicable cable Applicable cable SJ-V15-01ZT
outline outline SJ-V15-09ZT − − 20080
f 12.5 to 16 (mm) f 12.5 to 16 (mm)
HF354 − − SJ-V Series SJ-V11-01T
(Wide range 16080 16080 −
200120 constant SJ-V11-09T
output)
SJ-V15-03T − − 20080
HF453 − −
SJ-VL Series SJ-VL11-02FZT
(Low-inertia) 16080 16080 −
SJ-VL11-05FZT-S01
MDS-DM2 Series Detector Cable and Connector for Servo Motor Selection List
Motor side detector cable
Drive unit type Single connector

Cable
Servo motor type MDS-DM2- Motor side
Drive unit side
SPV2 SPV3 SPHV3 Straight Right angle Straight Right angle
HF Series
HF54
HF104

10080
16080
20080
HF223
HF302
10080
16080 20080
20080
HF154
CNV2E-8P-M CNV2E-9P-M
CNE10-R10S (9) CNE10-R10L (9)
 : Length (m)  : Length (m)
CNU2S (AWG18) Applicable cable outline Applicable cable outline
2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 15, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 15,
f 6.0 to 9.0 (mm) f 6.0 to 9.0 (mm)
20, 25, 30 20, 25, 30
HF224
10080
16080
20080
200120
HF204
HF303
HF354 − −
200120
HF453 − −
121 122
MDS-DJ Series Power Cable and Brake Cable for Servo Motor Selection List MDS-DJ Series Power Cable, Detector Cable, and Connector for Spindle Motor Selection List
Power Cable Brake Cable Spindle detector cable
Drive unit type Power Cable When connecting to a spindle motor When connecting to a spindle side detector
Servo motor type MDS-DJ- Drive unit side When connecting to Spindle side accuracy detector
Motor side PLG cable Spindle side detector OSE-1024 cable
V1 V2 Straight Right angle Straight Right angle a spindle motor TS5690 cable
Drive unit
HF Series HF75 Spindle motor type type Single connector Single connector Cable Single connector
30 3030 MDS-DJ-SP- Drive unit side Motor side
HF105 Cable Drive unit Detector Cable Drive unit Detector Drive unit
Straight Right angle
HF123
40 − CNP18-10S (14) CNP18-10L (14) SJ-D Series Supplied for
HF142 Applicable cable outline Applicable cable outline SJ-D3.7/100-01 80
(Standard) each drive unit
f 10.5 to 14 (mm) f 10.5 to 14 (mm)
HF54 30 3030 SJ-D5.5/100-01
100
HF104 SJ-D5.5/120-01
HF223 CNB10-R2S (6) CNB10-R2L (6) SJ-D7.5/100-01
40 − Supplied for each drive unit Applicable cable outline Applicable cable outline 120
CNP22-22S (16) CNP22-22L (16) f 4.0 to 6.0 (mm) f 4.0 to 6.0 (mm) SJ-D7.5/120-01
HF302 Applicable cable outline Applicable cable outline
Terminal block
f 12.5 to 16 (mm) f 12.5 to 16 (mm) SJ-D11/100-01 160
connection
HF154 CNP18-10S (14) CNP18-10L (14) SJ-DJ Series SJ-DJ5.5/100-01 CNP2E-1-M CNP2E-1-M CNP3EZ-2P-M CNP3EZ-3P-M
Terminal
Applicable cable outline Applicable cable outline (Compact & 100  : Length (m) CNU2S  : Length (m) CNU2S  : Length (m)  : Length (m) CNU2S
SJ-DJ5.5/120-01 block CNEPGS CNEPGS
HF224 f 10.5 to 14 (mm) f 10.5 to 14 (mm) lightweight) 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, (AWG18) 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, (AWG18) 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, (AWG18)
80 − connection
15, 20, 25, 30 15, 20, 25, 30 15, 20, 25, 30 15, 20, 25, 30
HF204 SJ-DJ7.5/100-01 120
CNP22-22S (16) CNP22-22L (16)
HF303 Applicable cable outline Applicable cable outline SJ-DJ11/100-01 160
f 12.5 to 16 (mm) f 12.5 to 16 (mm)
HF354 100 − SJ-V Series SJ-V2.2-01T 40 Supplied for
(Standard) each drive unit
SJ-VL2.2-02ZT 80
Terminal block
Power Cable Brake Cable SJ-V7.5-03ZT 160
connection
Drive unit type SJ-VL Series Terminal block
Motor side Motor side SJ-VL11-05FZT-S01 160
MDS-DJ- (Low-inertia) connection
Servo motor type Drive unit side
Lead out in direction Lead out in opposite Lead out in direction Lead out in opposite direction
V1 V2
of motor shaft direction of motor shaft of motor shaft of motor shaft
HF-KP Series HF-KP13J-S17

10 − MR-PWS1CBL MR-PWS1CBL
HF-KP23JW04-S6 MR-BKS1CBLM-A1-H MR-BKS1CBLM-A2-H
M-A1-H M-A2-H
Supplied for each drive unit  : Length (m)  : Length (m)
HF-KP43JW04-S6 15 −  : Length (m)  : Length (m)
2, 3, 5, 7, 10 2, 3, 5, 7, 10
2, 3, 5, 7, 10 2, 3, 5, 7, 10
HF-KP73JW04-S6 30 3030
MDS-DJ Series Detector Cable and Connector for Servo Motor Selection List MDS-DJ Series Power Cable, Detector Cable, and Connector for Tool Spindle Motor Selection List
Servo detector cable Spindle detector cable
Power Cable Single connector
Motor side detector cable Ball screw side detector
Drive unit type Cable
Single connector Ball screw side detector OSA105-ET2 MDS-DJ-
Drive unit type Tool spindle motor type Drive unit side Drive unit side
Cable Lead out in direction Lead out in opposite
Servo motor type MDS-DJ- Motor side Cable Single connector SP SP2 Straight Right angle Straight Right angle
Drive unit of motor shaft direction of motor shaft
V1 V2 Straight Right angle side Straight Right angle Straight Right angle Straight Right angle HF-KP Series HF-KP46-JW09 MR-PWS1CBLM- MR-PWS1CBLM- CNV2E-8P-M CNV2E-9P-M
CNE10-R10S (9) CNE10-R10L (9)
Supplied for each A1-H A2-H :Length (m) :Length (m)
HF Series HF75 HF-KP56-JW09 20 2020 CNU2S (AWG18) Applicable cable outline Applicable cable outline
30 3030 drive unit :Length (m) :Length (m) 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 15, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 15,
f 6.0 to 9.0 (mm) f 6.0 to 9.0 (mm)
HF105 HF-KP96-JW09 2, 3, 5, 7, 10 2, 3, 5, 7, 10 20, 25, 30 20, 25, 30
HF123
40 −
HF142
HF54 30 3030 Power Cable Single connector
Drive unit type Cable
HF104 CNV2E-8P-M CNV2E-9P-M CNE10-R10S (9) CNE10-R10L (9) CNV2E-8P-M CNV2E-9P-M CNE10-R10S (9) CNE10-R10L (9) Motor side Motor side
Tool spindle motor type MDS-DJ- Drive unit side Drive unit side
 : Length (m)  : Length (m) CNU2S Applicable cable Applicable cable  : Length (m)  : Length (m) Applicable cable Applicable cable
HF223 40 − SP SP2 Straight Right angle Straight Right angle Straight Right angle
2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, (AWG18) outline outline 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, outline outline
HF302 15, 20, 25, 30 15, 20, 25, 30 f 6.0 to 9.0 (mm) f 6.0 to 9.0 (mm) 15, 20, 25, 30 15, 20, 25, 30 f 6.0 to 9.0 (mm) f 6.0 to 9.0 (mm) HF Series HF75-A48

HF154 HF105-A48
20 2020
HF224 HF123-A48
80 −
HF204 HF54-A48 CNP18-10S (14) CNP18-10L (14)
Applicable cable outline Applicable cable outline CNV2E-8P-M CNV2E-9P-M
HF303 HF104-A48 f 10.5 to 14 (mm) f 10.5 to 14 (mm) :Length (m) CNE10-R10S (9) CNE10-R10L (9)
Supplied for each :Length (m)
40 − CNU2S (AWG18) Applicable cable outline Applicable cable outline
HF354 100 − HF223-A48 drive unit 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 15, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 15,
f 6.0 to 9.0 (mm) f 6.0 to 9.0 (mm)
20, 25, 30 20, 25, 30
HF154-A48
HF224-A48
Servo detector cable 80 −
HF204-A48 CNP22-22S(16) CNP22-22L (16)
Motor side detector cable Ball screw side detector Applicable cable outline Applicable cable outline
HF303-A48 f 12.5 to 16 (mm) f 12.5 to 16 (mm)
Drive unit type Cable (Relay type) Ball screw side detector OSA105-ET2
Cable (Direct connection type)
MDS-DJ- Motor side Cable Single connector
Servo motor type
Lead out in Lead out in Drive unit side Lead out in Lead out in
V1 V2 direction opposite direction direction opposite direction Straight Right angle Straight Right angle
of motor shaft of motor shaft of motor shaft of motor shaft
HF-KP HF-KP13J-S17
Series 10 − CNV2E-K1P-M CNV2E-K2P-M CNV2E-8P-M CNV22J-K1P-0.3M CNV22J-K2P-0.3M CNV2E-8P-M CNV2E-9P-M CNE10-R10S (9) CNE10-R10L (9)
HF-KP23JW04-S6  : Length (m)  : Length (m)  : Length (m) Length : 0.3 (m) Length : 0.3 (m)  : Length (m)  : Length (m) Applicable cable Applicable cable
2, 3, 5, 7, 10 2, 3, 5, 7, 10
HF-KP43JW04-S6 15 − 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, Compatible with Compatible with 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 10, outline outline
Compatible with Compatible with
only IP65 only IP65 15, 20, 25, 30 only IP65 only IP65 15, 20, 25, 30 15, 20, 25, 30 f 6.0 to 9.0 (mm) f 6.0 to 9.0 (mm)
HF-KP73JW04-S6 30 3030
123 124
Drive system List of cables
<Optical communication cable> <Power backup unit connector>

Length Compatible model Length Compatible model
Item Model Contents Item Model Contents
(m) D2/DH2 DM2 DJ (m) D-PFU DH-PFU
G396 L0.3M 0.3 0.35
G396 L0.5M 0.5 0.5
Optical communication cable G396 L1M 1 0.7
  
For wiring between drive units (inside panel) G396 L2M 2 1
G396 L3M 3 1.5
G396 L5M 5 2
G395 L3M 3 2.5
For Optical communication cable
G395 L5M 5 3
CN1A/ For wiring between drive units (outside panel)   
G395 L7M 7 3.5
CN1B/ For wiring between NC-drive units
G395 L10M 10 4
OPT1A For CN41 Power supply communication cable SH21  
G380 L5M 5 4.5
G380 L10M 10 5
Optical communication cable G380 L12M 12 6
For wiring between drive units (outside panel) G380 L15M 15    7
For optical communication repeater unit G380 L20M 20 8
G380 L25M 25 9
G380 L30M 30 10
(Note1) For details on the optical communication cable, refer to the section “Optical communication cable specification” in Specifications Manual of each drive unit. 15
20
30
<Battery cable and connector>

Length Compatible model For CN43 Input/output connector for power backup unit CNU43S (AWG22) −  
Item Model Contents
(m) D2/DH2 DM2 DJ
DG21-0.3M 0.3
Battery cable DG21-0.5M 0.5
  −
(For drive unit - battery unit) DG21-1M 1
DG21-5M 5
DG23-0.3M 0.3 −  
DG23-0.5M 0.5
Battery cable DG23-1M 1
(For drive unit -Battery box) DG23-2M 2 For TE1 Power connector for power backup unit CNU01SPFU (AWG14)
  −
(Note) The battery box side is connected using a bare DG23-3M 3
For battery conductor or a terminal bar. DG23-5M 5
unit DG23-7M 7
−  
DG23-10M 10
DG24-0.3M 0.3
DG24-0.5M 0.5
5V supply/DO output cable DG24-1M 1
(For drive unit -Battery box) DG24-2M 2
  −
(Note) The battery box side is connected using a bare DG24-3M 3
conductor or a terminal bar. DG24-5M 5 <STO input connector>
DG24-7M 7
DG24-10M 10 Length Compatible model
DG22-0.3M 0.3 Item Model Contents
(m) D2/DH2 DM2 DJ
DG22-0.5M 0.5
Battery cable DG22-1M 1
For drive (For drive unit - drive unit) DG22-2M 2
  − STO cable MR-D05UDL3M-B −   
unit (Note) This cable is required to supply the power from the DG22-3M 3
battery unit to multiple drive units. DG22-5M 5
DG22-7M 7
DG22-10M 10 For CN8
Required when not using dedicated
These connectors are wiring STO function.
For CN9 Battery cable Connector set FCUA-CS000 −   − STO short-circuit connector supplied for each drive −   
unit.
<Power supply communication cable and connector> <Optical communication repeater unit>
Length Compatible model
Item Model Contents Length Compatible model
(m) D2/DH2 DM2 DJ Item Model Contents
(m) D2/DH2 DM2 DJ
0.35
G380 L5M 5
0.5
G380 L10M 10
0.7 Optical communication cable
G380 L12M 12
1 For wiring between drive unit and optical communication
For OPT1/2 G380 L15M 15   
1.5 repeater unit/
G380 L20M 20
2 For wiring between optical communication repeater units
G380 L25M 25
2.5
G380 L30M 30
3
0.5
3.5
1.5
4
Power supply communication cable SH21  − − 3 DCIN
4.5
For optical communication repeater unit DC24V power 5
5 For DCIN F070   
Y
For CN4/9 cable 8

6
10
7
15
8
20
9
0.5
10 DCIN
1.5
15 DCOUT
For optical communication repeater unit/ 3
20 For DCIN/
For connecting Mitsubishi power unit PD25, PD27 F110 5   
Y
30 ACFAIL
DC24V power cable (power OFF detection) 8 CF01
10
Power supply communication cable connector set FCUA-CS000 −  − − 15
 − −
Contactor control output connector CNU23SCV2 (AWG14)
These connectors are
For CN23 Applicable cable outline: 0.85mm to 3.5mm
2 2
−
supplied for each power
Finish outside diameter: to f 4.2mm supply unit.
 − −
For CN24 External emergency stop input connector CNU24S (AWG24) −  − −
69
125 70
126
<Servo / tool spindle detector cable and connector> <Servo / tool spindle detector cable and connector>
(m) D2/DH2 DM2 DJ (m) D2/DH2 DM2 DJ
CNV2E-8P-2M 2 CNV2E-HP-2M 2
   For CN2/3 MDS-B-HR unit cable   
For HF/HF-H, HF-KP (Tool spindle) CNV2E-8P-30M 30 CNV2E-HP-30M 30
For CN2/3
Motor side detector cable (for A48/A51/ A74N) CNV2E-9P-2M 2
CNV2E-9P-3M 3 MDS-B-HR connector
CNV2E-9P-4M 4 (For CON1,2: 1)
CNV2E-9P-5M 5 For MDS-B-
(For CON3: 1) CNEHRS (10) −   
CNV2E-9P-7M 7 HR unit
  
CNV2E-9P-10M 10
CNV2E-9P-15M 15 Applicable cable outline f 8.5 to 11mm
CNV2E-9P-20M 20
CNV2E-9P-25M 25 CNV2E-D-2M 2
CNV2E-9P-30M 30 CNV2E-D-3M 3
CNV2E-K1P-2M 2 CNV2E-D-4M 4
For HF-KP (Servo) Motor side detector
cable CNV2E-D-7M 7
CNV2E-K1P-5M 5  −  For CN3 MDS-B-SD unit cable  − −
Lead out in direction of motor shaft CNV2E-D-10M 10
Direct Compatible with only IP65 CNV2E-K1P-10M 10 CNV2E-D-20M 20
connection
For HF-KP (Servo) Motor side detector CNV2E-K2P-2M 2 CNV2E-D-25M 25
type
cable CNV2E-K2P-3M 3 CNV2E-D-30M 30
CNV2E-K2P-5M 5  − 
Lead out in opposite direction of motor shaft CNV2E-K2P-7M 7
Compatible with only IP65 CNV2E-K2P-10M 10 For MDS-B-
MDS-B-SD connector (Two-piece set) FCUA-CS000 −  − −
For HF-KP (Servo) Motor side detector SD unit
relay cable (motor side)
CNV22J-K1P-0.3M 0.3  − 
Lead out in direction of motor shaft
Compatible with only IP65
For CN2/3
For HF-KP (Servo) Motor side detector
For CN2/3 Detector connector CNU2S (AWG18) −   
relay cable (motor side)
CNV22J-K2P-0.3M 0.3  − 
Lead out in opposite direction of motor shaft
Relay type Compatible with only IP65
(Note)
CNV2E-8P-2M 2
CNV2E-8P-3M 3
CNV2E-8P-4M 4
CNV2E-8P-5M 5 <Brake cable and connector>
For HF-KP (Servo) Motor side detector CNV2E-8P-7M 7
 −  Length Compatible model
relay cable (Drive unit side) CNV2E-8P-10M 10 Item Model Contents
CNV2E-8P-15M 15 (m) D2/DH2 DM2 DJ
CNV2E-8P-20M 20 Brake connector for
CNV2E-8P-25M 25 <200V Series> CNB10-R2S (6) −   
CNV2E-8P-30M 30 HF
For motor Motor side detector connector/ <400V Series>
CNE10-R10S (9) −   
detector/ Ball Ball screw side detector connector HF-H brake connector
screw side CNB10-R2L (6) −   
detector Applicable cable outline f 6.0 to 9.0mm CNE10-R10L (9) −    Applicable cable outline f 4.0 to 6.0mm
Brake cable for MR-BKS1CBL 2M-A1-H 2
(Note) When using cable of 15m or longer, use relay cable. For
<200V Series> MR-BKS1CBL 3M-A1-H 3
motor brake
HF-KP MR-BKS1CBL 5M-A1-H 5   
MR-BKS1CBL 7M-A1-H 7
Lead out in direction of motor shaft MR-BKS1CBL 10M-A1-H 10
Brake cable for MR-BKS1CBL 2M-A2-H 2
<200V Series> MR-BKS1CBL 3M-A2-H 3
HF-KP MR-BKS1CBL 5M-A2-H 5   
MR-BKS1CBL 7M-A2-H 7
Lead out in opposite direction of motor shaft MR-BKS1CBL 10M-A2-H 10
For CN20 Brake connector for motor brake control output CNU20S (AWG14) −   −

71
127 72
128
<Power cable> <Drive unit side main circuit connector>

(m) D2/DH2 DM2 DJ (m) D2/DH2 DM2 DJ
Power connector for − − − 

<200V Series> CNP18-10S (14) −   
HF75, 105, 54, 104, 154, For MDS-DJ-V1-10, 15, 30
224, 123, 223, 142 For MDS-DJ-SP-20 These connectors are − − − 
<400V Series> supplied for each drive
HF-H54, 75, 104, 105, 154 unit.
Applicable cable outline: 0.8mm to 2.1mm
2 2
CNP18-10L (14) −    Finish outside diameter: to f 3.9mm − − − 

Applicable cable outline f 10.5 to 14mm
− − − 
Power connector for CNP22-22S (16) −    For MDS-DJ-V1-40, 80, 100

<200V Series>
For MDS-DJ-SP-40, 80 − − − 
HF204, 354, 303, 453, 302
<400V Series>
HF-H204, 354, 453, 703 Applicable cable outline: (For CNP1, for CNP3)
1.25mm2 to 5.5mm2 − − − 
CNP22-22L (16) − These connectors are
Applicable cable outline f 12.5 to 16mm    For drive unit (For CNP2)
supplied for each drive
0.14mm2 to 2.1mm2 unit.
For − − − 
motor power Finish outside diameter: (For CNP1, for CNP3)
Power connector for to f 4.7mm
CNP32-17S (23) −  − − (For CNP2)
<200V Series> − − − 
HF703, 903 to f 3.9mm2
<400V Series> For MDS-DJ-V2-3030
HF-H903 For MDS-DJ-SP2-2020 − − 
Applicable cable outline f 22 to 23.8mm CNP32-17L (23) −  − −

Applicable cable size:
− − 
(For CNP1) 1.25mm2 to 2.0mm2 These connectors are
Power cable for MR-PWS1CBL 2M-A1-H 2 (For CNP2) 1.25mm2 to 2.0mm2 supplied for each drive
<200V Series> MR-PWS1CBL 3M-A1-H 3 (For CNP3) 1.25mm2 to 2.2mm2 unit.
− − 
HF-KP MR-PWS1CBL 5M-A1-H 5  −  Cable finish outside diameter:
MR-PWS1CBL 7M-A1-H 7 (For CNP1) to f 4.2mm
Lead out in direction of motor shaft MR-PWS1CBL 10M-A1-H 10 (For CNP2) to f 3.8mm − − 
Power cable for MR-PWS1CBL 2M-A2-H 2 (For CNP3) to f 3.8mm
<200V Series> MR-PWS1CBL 3M-A2-H 3
HF-KP MR-PWS1CBL 5M-A2-H 5  − 
(Note) It can not be used with HF-KP13.
Lead out in opposite direction of motor shaft
MR-PWS1CBL 7M-A2-H
MR-PWS1CBL 10M-A2-H
7
10
<Spindle detector cable and connector>
Power connector for Item Model Contents
(m) D2/DH2 DM2 DJ
MDS-D2-V1-20 to 80
MDS-D2-V2-2020 to 8080 CNP2E-1-2M 2
MDS-D2-SP-20 to 40 CNP2E-1-3M 3
MDS-D2-SP2-2020 to 4040 CNU1S (AWG14) −  − − CNP2E-1-4M 4
MDS-DH2-V1-10 to 80 CNP2E-1-5M 5
Motor side PLG cable
MDS-DH2-V2-1010 to 8080 CNP2E-1-7M 7
For CN2 Spindle side accuracy detector   
MDS-DH2-SP-20, 40 CNP2E-1-10M 10
TS5690 cable
MDS-D2-V3-202020 to 404040 CNP2E-1-15M 15
For TE1
CNP2E-1-20M 20
Power connector for CNP2E-1-25M 25
MDS-D2-V1-160 CNP2E-1-30M 30
MDS-D2-V2-16080, 160160 CNP3EZ-2P-2M 2
MDS-D2-SP-80 CNP3EZ-2P-3M 3
CNU1S (AWG10) −  − − CNP3EZ-2P-4M 4
MDS-D2-SP2-8040, 8080
MDS-DH2-V1-80, 80W CNP3EZ-2P-5M 5
MDS-DH2-V2-8080W CNP3EZ-2P-7M 7
  
MDS-DH2-SP-80 CNP3EZ-2P-10M 10
CNP3EZ-2P-15M 15
RCN31S(AWG14, CNP3EZ-2P-20M 20
AWG16) CNP3EZ-2P-25M 25
For CN31 (Note) For servo 80 Spindle side detector CNP3EZ-2P-30M 30
Power connector for MDS-DM2 Series − −  − For CN3
L/M/S RCN31M(AWG10, OSE-1024 cable CNP3EZ-3P-2M 2
AWG12) CNP3EZ-3P-3M 3
(Note) For servo 120 CNP3EZ-3P-4M 4
CNP3EZ-3P-5M 5
CNP3EZ-3P-7M 7
Control power connector for MDS-DM2 Series CNP3EZ-3P-10M 10
  
For CN22 RCN22 − −  − CNP3EZ-3P-15M 15
Applicable cable outline f 1.25 to 2.2mm CNP3EZ-3P-20M 20
CNP3EZ-3P-25M 25
CNP3EZ-3P-30M 30
Motor side PLG connector

Spindle side accuracy detector CNEPGS −   
TS5690 connector
For spindle Spindle side detector
motor −   
OSE-1024 cable
−   
Applicable cable outline f6.8 to 10mm
For CN2/3 Spindle detector drive unit side connector CNU2S (AWG18) −   
<Twin-head magnetic detector ( MBE405W / MBA405W ) cable and connector>

Item Model Contents
(m) D2/DH2 DM2 DJ
CNV2E-MB-2M 2
CNV2E-MB-3M 3
CNV2E-MB-4M 4
Cable for CNV2E-MB-5M 5
  
MBE405W/MBA405W CNV2E-MB-7M 7
For CN2/3 CNV2E-MB-10M 10
CNV2E-MB-15M 15
CNV2E-MB-20M 20
Connector for MBE405W/MBA405W CNEMB2S (8) −   
For CN3 of
Thermistor connector for MBE405W/ MBA405W CNEMB3S (8) −   
preamplifier
73
129 74
130
User Support Tools/Development Tools
NC Trainer/NC Trainer plus NC Designer NC Analyzer

Servo Adjustment Parameter Setup MITSUBISHI CNC Training Tool Screen Design Tool Servo Adjustment Support Tool
Remote Monitoring Tool Data Transfer Tool Support Tool Support Tool
• NC Trainer is an application for operating the screens • By laying out ready-made standard parts, you can Servo parameters can be automatically adjusted
of MITSUBISHI CNC M700V/M70V/E70 Series and easily create original screens without programming. by activating the motor using machining programs
machining programs. This application can be used for • Using the C language source generation function of for adjustment or vibration signals, and measuring/
learning operating CNC and checking the operations NC Designer, customized functions can be added by analyzing the machine characteristics.
Ethernet of the machining programs. programming in C language. (Dedicated development <Main functions>
Bode diagram measurement display, speed loop gain adjustment, position loop gain
adjustment, notch filter setting, acceleration/deceleration time constant adjustment,
• NC Trainer plus can also be used for checking the environment necessary) circularity adjustment and servo waveform measurement
PLC program and custom screens.
Insert Insert Parts displayed on NC
(example)
CF card PCMCIA
card
Edit on a personal computer
M700V/M70V/E70 Series M700VW Series
CF card Memory card Ethernet

communication
NC Trainer NC Trainer plus
NC Designer NC Analyzer
NC Explorer NC Maintainer NC Monitor NC Configurator2

Data Transfer Tool Remote Monitoring Tool Parameter Setup Support Tool
By connecting the NC and host personal computer via A software tool for a personal computer to carry out An identical NC display screen can be displayed on a The NC data file necessary for NC control and machine
Ethernet, data such as machining programs can easily maintenance (such as parameter setting, NC diagnosis personal computer. By connecting a personal computer operation (such as parameters, tool data and common
be shared. and PLC program diagnosis) of MITSUBISHI CNC on to the NC unit when necessary, various data can be variables) can be edited on a personal computer.
This tool is free of charge. Please contact us. customer’s display. checked and set using the same HMI as the standard Please contact us to purchase a full function version. (A
NC screen. limited function version is also available free of charge.)
NC1 NC2 NC3
Ethernet
communication
Ethernet
Ethernet Ethernet
communication communication
NC4 NC5 NC6
Customer’s display Control unit
NC Monitor (M700V, M70V,E70) NC Configurator2
Machining program

Servo Selection Tool GX Developer
Diagnosis screen Maintenance screen PLC program diagnosis screen
* An operation check is required in combination with software installed on the display.

Sequence Programming Tool
NC Explorer By selecting the machine The MELSEC programming tool, offering a wide array of
configuration model and functions and easy use, allows for convenient program
inputting the machine design and debugging. Linking with a simulator or
specifications, the optimal servo other utility allows for the efficient creation of desired
motor meeting specifications programs.
When the machine model and input
can be selected. Other selection specifications are selected,
the selection result for the motor will
functions which fully support be displayed.
The result can be output in PDF Ethernet
drive system selection are also format. communication
Memory card
available. This tool is free of USB memory
charge. Please contact us.
<Main functions>
Servo motor capacity selection, regenerative resistor capacity selection, spindle
acceleration/deceleration time calculation, power supply capacity selection, power supply GX Developer
* Ethernet is a registered trademark of Xerox Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. facility capacity calculation, etc.
* CompactFlash and CF are either trademarks or registered trademarks of SanDisk Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. * MELSEC is a registered trademark of Mitsubishi Electric Corporation in Japan and/or other countries.
131 132
GLOBAL SALES & SERVICE NETWORK ■：Production site ●：FA Center ○：Service Center/Service Satellite
Providing reliable services in regions around the world Tokyo Head Office
- our Best Partner commitment to you ・Minneapolis, MN Service Satellite
・Detroit, MI Service Satellite
North America FA Center
・Grand Rapids, MI Service Satellite
・Milwaukee, WI Service Satellite
・Cleveland, OH Service Satellite
・Indianapolis, IN Service Satellite
Industrial Mechatronics ・St. Louis, MO Service Satellite
Systems Works/ AMERICA ・South/East Region Service Center
Germany FA Center/ ・MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC AUTOMATION INC. (Georgia)

Nagoya Works
・Charleston, SC Service Satellite
IAM Showroom Korea FA Center/IAM Showroom (AMERICA FA CENTER)
Central Region Service Center (Chicago) ・Charlotte, NC Service Satellite
TEL: +1-847-478-2500 ・Raleigh, NC Service Satellite
FAX: +1-847-478-2650 ・Dallas, TX Service Satellite
・Houston, TX Service Satellite
JAPAN ・Hartford, CT Service Satellite
KOREA ・MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION ・Knoxville, TN Service Satellite
・MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC AUTOMATION (TOKYO HEAD OFFICE, ・Nashville, TN Service Satellite
KOREA CO., LTD. (KOREA FA CENTER) INDUSTRIAL MECHATRONICS SYSTEMS WORKS/ ・Baltimore, MD Service Satellite
Korea Service Center NAGOYA WORKS) ・Pittsburg, PA Service Satellite
TEL: +82-2-3660-9631 ・MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC MECHATRONICS ・Tampa, FL Service Satellite
FAX: +82-2-3664-8668 ENGINEERING CORPORATION ・Syracuse, NY Service Satellite
EUROPE (Headquarters) ・Orlando, FL Service Satellite
・Korea Daegu Service Satellite
・MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC EUROPE B.V. TEL: +81-52-722-6620 ・Lafayette, LA Service Satellite
European Service Headquarters FAX: +81-52-722-6662 ・Philadelphia, PA Service Satellite
(Dusseldorf, GERMANY) ・Western Region Service Center
TEL: +49-2102-486-5000 (California)
Taichung FA Center ・San Jose, CA Service Satellite
FAX: +49-2102-486-5910
・Seattle, WA Service Satellite
・South Germany Service Center (Stuttgart)
・Denver, CO Service Satellite
・France Service Center (Paris)
・Canada Region Service Center
・France Service Satellite (Lyon)
(Tronto)
・Italy Service Center (Milan)
TAIWAN ・Edmonton, AB Service Satellite
・Italy Service Satellite (Padova)
・Montreal, QC Service Satellite
・U.K. Service Center Thailand FA Center ・MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC TAIWAN CO., LTD.
・Mexico Region Service Center
・Spain Service Center
(TAIWAN FA CENTER) Brazil Votorantim FA Center
Taiwan Taichung Service Center (Queretaro)
・Poland Service Center
TEL: +886-4-2359-0688 ・Monterrey, NL Service Satellite
・Hungary Service Center
FAX: +886-4-2359-0689 ・Mexico City, DF Service Satellite
・MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC TURKEY ELEKTRİK ÜRÜNLERİ A.Ş
Turkey Service Center ・Taiwan Taipei Service Center
・Czech Republic Service Center (Service Partner) THAILAND ・Taiwan Tainan Service Center BRAZIL
・MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC RUSSIA LLC ・MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC FACTORY
・MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC DO BRASIL COMÉRCIO
Russia Service Center AUTOMATION (THAILAND) CO.,LTD.
OCEANIA E SERVIÇOS LTDA.
・Sweden Service Center Thailand Service Center (Bangkok)
・MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC AUSTRALIA PTY. LTD. Votorantim Office
・Bulgaria Service Center (Service Partner) TEL: +66-2-092-8600
Oceania Service Center TEL: +55-15-3023-9000
・Ukraine Service Center (Kiev) (Service Partner) FAX: +66-2-043-1231-33
TEL: +61-2-9684-7269 ・Blumenau Santa Catarina office
・Belarus Service Center (Service Partner)
FAX: +61-2-9684-7245
・South Africa Service Center (Service Partner)
ASEAN
India CNC Technical Center INDIA ASEAN FA Center/ ・MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC ASIA PTE. LTD. MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CHINA
・MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC INDIA PVT., LTD. ・MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC
CNC Technical Center (Bangalore)
IAM Showroom (ASEAN FA CENTER) AUTOMATION MANUFACTURING AUTOMATION (CHINA) LTD.
Singapore Service Center
TEL : +91-80-4655-2121 (Changshu) Co., LTD. (CHINA FA CENTER)
TEL: +65-6473-2308
FAX : +91-80-4655-2147 Shanghai Service Center
FAX: +65-6476-7439
TEL: +86-21-2322-3030
・Chennai Service Satellite INDONESIA FAX: +86-21-2322-3000*8422
・Coimbatore Service Satellite ・PT. MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC INDONESIA Shanghai FA Center/
・Hyderabad Service Satellite ・Qingdao Service Center
GLOBAL SALES & SERVICE NETWORK
GLOBAL SALES & SERVICE NETWORK

Indonesia Service Center (Cikarang) IAM Showroom
・North India Service Center (Gurgaon) TEL: +62-21-2961-7797 ・Suzhou Service Center
・Ludhiana Service Satellite FAX: +62-21-2961-7794 ・Wuhan Service Center
・Panthnagar Service Satellite ・Ningbo Service Center
VIETNAM ・Hefei Service Center
・Delhi Service Satellite
・MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC VIETNAM CO.,LTD.
・Jamshedpur Service Satellite ・Beijing Service Center
Vietnam Ho Chi Minh Service Center ・Tianjin Service Center
・Manesar Service Satellite
TEL: +84-28-3910 5945 ・Xian Service Center
・West India Service Center (Pune)
FAX: +84-28-3910 5947 ・Dalian Service Center
・Kolhapur Service Satellite
・Vietnam Hanoi Service Center
・Aurangabad Service Satellite ・Chengdu Service Center
・Mumbai Service Satellite MALAYSIA ・Shenzhen Service Center
・West India Service Center (Ahmedabad) ・MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC SALES MALAYSIA SDN. BHD. ・Dongguan Service Center
・Rajkot Service Satellite Malaysia Service Center (Kuala Lumpur Service Center) ・Xiamen Service Center
TEL: +60-3-7626-5032
FAX: +60-3-7960-2629
・Johor Bahru Service Satellite
・Pulau Pinang Service Satellite
PHILIPPINES
・MELCO FACTORY AUTOMATION PHILIPPINES INC.
Head Office
TEL: +63-2-8256-8042
FAX: +632-8637-2294
・Philippines Service Center
133 134
NC Specification Selection Guide (ENGLISH)
BNP-A1225-F[ENG]
Global Partner. Local Friend.
[YouTube logo] is a trademark or a registered trademark of Google LLC. [Facebook logo] is a trademark or a registered trademark of Facebook, inc. [LinkedIn logo] is a trademark or a registered trademark of LinkedIn Corporation.
Official Mitsubishi Electric Mechatronics YouTube account Official Mitsubishi Electric CNC Facebook/LinkedIn account
User support videos will be available, including how to
Visit our page for information about exhibitions, products, technologies, and FAQ.
backup/restore data and replace batteries as well as
introduction to our products and technologies.
Mitsubishi Electric Corporation Industrial Mechatronics Systems Works is a factory certified for ISO 14001(standards
for environmental management systems)and ISO 9001(standards for quality assurance management systems)
HEAD OFFICE: TOKYO BLDG., 2-7-3 MARUNOUCHI,

CHIYODA-KU, TOKYO 100-8310, JAPAN
BNP-A1225-F[ENG]
(ENGLISH)
K-KL2-3-C0099-E NA2111 Printed in Japan (IP) Printed Nov. 2021 Specifications are subject to change without notice.

Mitsubishi Controler Model

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Mitsubishi Controler Model

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Mitsubishi Controler Model

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

NUMERICAL CONTROL (CNC)

NC Specification Selection Guide

GLOBAL SALES & SERVICE NETWORK 133

Machining center system Lathe system

E70/M70V/M700V Series Lineup

Max. number of axes

Max. number of spindles 1 2 4 4 2 3 4 4 6 4 6

Max. number of PLC axes 2 6 6 6 2 6 6 6

Max. number of PLC indexing axes 1 4 4 6 4 6 1 4 4 6 4 6

Number of simultaneous contouring

Max. number of part systems 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 4 2 4

CF card in control unit – – – Available – – – Available

Hard disk mode – – – Available – – – Available

230kB 500kB 2,000kB 230kB 500kB 2,000kB

High-speed machining mode 1 Max.

HMI customization function NC Designer NC Designer

Windows® XPe – Available – Available

Selection procedure flow chart Control Unit

STEP 1 Check the machine type and specifications

CNC system Control Unit

STEP 3 Decide the servo motor P50

260 MITSUBISHI CNC

· Check the capacity and the dimensions of a drive unit 140

STEP 7 Decide the hardware options P7,P13,P115

· Check the screen development tool (when screen customization is required)

NC specification selection completed!

Displays & Keyboards List of Units

M70V/M700VS Series FCU7-DX720

CNC system I/O unit and others

[Scan I/O card]

clear keys 10.4-type 15-type

E70/M70V Series M700VS Series

Dotted lines indicate the sections prepared 15-type Display unit

CNC system General Connection Diagram

Synchronous feed FCUA-R211 FCUA-R211 To the next remote I/O

(Note 1) Touch panels only

M700VW Series Connection of MITSUBISHI CNC Machine Operation Panel

CNC system General Connection Diagram

Machine operation panel B

CNC control unit

MR-J2-CT DCIN DCIN F070

Cables for CNC Application Type

CNC system Cables List

ON/OFF switch cable ON

F321 L2M 2 RS232C I/F cable : 1ch G031 L3M 3

DI/DO cable (both side connectors) FCUA-R301-2M 2

CG31, CG32, CG33, CG34, CG35, CG36

CNC system Cables List

NC for RIO2 - remote I/O unit

G214 L20M 20 I/O address: X100 to, Y100 to

(39) Cable for connection to handy terminal G430-L5M 5 – – 

One terminator is required to be installed at

Cable for hard disk

: Standard : Option : Selection S/W ver.K1

CNC system E70/M70V/M700V Series Specifications List

: Standard : Option : Selection S/W ver.K1

CNC system E70/M70V/M700V Series Specifications List

: Standard : Option : Selection S/W ver.K1

CNC system E70/M70V/M700V Series Specifications List

: Standard : Option : Selection S/W ver.K1